R86path John Newberie.kmz

R86path John Newberie

R86-000 Balsara
R86-000 Balsara : place IRQ
NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: -3102179 coordinate: lat 30.4941667 long 47.8191667
NIMA/GNS names: Al Basrah , Basra , Basra , Basrah , Bassora , Bassorah , Bassorah , Bassra , Busra , Busrah , Bussora ,
VARIANT names: Al Basrah , Al-Basra , Baçora , Balsara , Basra , Basrah , Bassora , Bassorah , Basurate , Bussorah , Pi-ssi-lo ,
SOURCE for Al Basrah
« La conquista di Hormoz da parte degli Arabi risale alla seconda metà del VI1 secolo; già sotto il califfato di ‘Umar (634-644 A.D.), il Governatore di al-Basrah, Abu Musa ‘Abdallah ibn Qais al-Ashari, ed il Governatore di Oman e Bahrein, Uthman ibn Abi’As ath-Thaqafi, avevano attraversato il Golfo Persico servendosi di naviglio locale, ed avevano occupata alcuni caposaldi costieri nel Fars, penetrando nello Zagros. » #294 Piacentini, Valeria Fiorani, L'emporio ed il regno di Hormoz (VIII-fine XV sec. d. Cr.) : vicende storiche problemi ed aspetti di una civiltáa costiera del golfo persico, Istituto Lombardo di Scienze e Lettere, Milano, 1975 ~ p. 37
SOURCE for Al-Basra
« Al-Basra’s hinterland was vast: merchants arrived from Aleppo, Damascus, Mausil, Bagdad and minor market centres (266). Therefore, Al-Basra could be affected by the Ottoman- Safavid struggle for eIraq-e ‘Arab despite its long independence from either of the two foes. Disruptions of trade occurred when warfare rendered traffic along connecting overland routes impossible (267). Along the sealanes, no serious obstructions of traffic bound for Al-Basra on the part of the Safavids were recorded after the 1620’s, although the covetous eye of individual Safavid port officials would occasionally fall on a richly laden vessel on its way to Al-Basra (268). More detrimental were the protracted wars prior to the eviction of Huseyn Pāšā: in 1665, he confiscated provisions and boat-loads of goods which travelled upstream from Al-Basra in order to feed his ill-prepared forces defending the province near Al-Qurna (269).
fn. 266 ARA VOC 1210, fl.937rff.: J. Barra, Al-Basra, to Amsterdam, dated 20/10/1656.
fn. 267 For the situation in the 1620’s see C. ROMER (1989), Die osmanische Belagerung Bagdads 1034-35/1625-26. Ein Augenzeugenbericht, Der Islam LXVI/1, 119-136.
fn. 268 Somewhat surprisingly, the governor of Bandar-e Kong prevented an English ship from leaving for Al-Basra in spring 1640, after the peace of Zuhab, see EFI1 VI, 245f: W. Thurston et al., Al-Basra, to London, dated 22/6/1640. IOR G/36/102B, on the other hand, is mistaken in blaming Safavid-Ottoman hostilities for slackening trade, as suggested in D. Rizk KHOURY (1991), 63: except for an aborted expedition into Azarbalgan the two empires were at peace. On the other hand, the Afrasiyab-Ottoman struggle for the fortress Zakiya, the Cretan wars, and the Dutch blockade of Safavid ports in 1645 reduced the volume of trade in that season, Nevertheless, sufficient coins were exported to sustain the trading season in Sind, EFI1 VIII, 60f.: J. Spiller, Sindi road, to Surat, dated 8/12/1646.
fn. 269 This episode is recorded both in Ottoman and Basran chronicles, see S. LONGRIGG (1925), 114, and archival sources. However, some of the latter specify that the merchants thus dispossessed on their way to Bagdad were Armenians, not Basran traders, see ARA VOC 1528ff.: J. Vogel, Al-Basra, to Amsterdam, dated 8/3/1666. » #2879 Rudiger KLEIN, Trade in the Safavid Port City Bandar Abbas and the Persian Gulf Area (ca. 1600-1680) A Study of Selected Aspects - Thesis, School of Oriental and African Studies, London, 1993/4 ~ p. 118
SOURCE for Baçora
« As galés turcas meteram-se pelo canal que há entre aquela ilha e o con tinente e daí soltaram rumo para Baçorá. Enquanto o galeão de Gonçalo Pereira Marramaque seguia para Ormuz a reboque de algumas fustas, » #2821 Monteiro, Armando da Silva Saturnino, Batalhas e combates da Marinha Portuguesa, 1992 ~ vol. 3 p. 161
« A 30 de Janeiro fui avizado de Ormuz como os Turcos, que estão de goarnição em Babilonia, desceram pelo Eufrates abaixo e tomarão huma terra que se chama Zaquia, onde fizerão huma fortaleza a borda do rio Eufrates, na terra da banda da Persia, obra de um dia e meyo de caminho da cidade de Baçora pelo rio acima. [On the 30th of January I was told from Hormuz how the Turks, who are in charge of Babylon, have gone down the Euphrates and will take a land called Zaquia, where they will build a fortress on the bank of the Euphrates River, in the land on the side of Persia, work a day and a half way upriver from the city of Baçora.] » #2545 Edic¸a~o cri´tica por Armando Cortesa~o e Lui´s de Albuquerque, Obras completas de D. Joa~o de Castro, Academia Internacional da Cultura Portuguesa, Coimbra, 1968-1981 ~ vol. 3 p. 286
SOURCE for Balsara
« The thirteenth day of May, 1581. I embarked my selfe at Balsara: and the sixteenth wee valed downe about three flight shot. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 455
SOURCE for Basra
« ... free from interference by Omani ships, but a group which
« With much of their military energy absorbed on the European front, the Ottomans were ambivalent about protracted campaigning against Persia as well (Murphey, pp. 230-34, 247; Bacqué-Grammont, 1993a, p. 222). Yet it was the Ottomans who launched three campaigns against Persia (as opposed to ten in the Balkans) duringṬahmāsb’s reign. The first of these was the War of the Two Iraqs of 1533-34, which returned Baghdad to Ottoman control and gave them a tenuous hold over Basra. The invasion of Iraq came after the Safavid governor of Baghdad, Ḏu’l-Faqār Beyg, had embraced Sunnism and offered the keys to the city to the sultan. In 1546 a complicated tribal struggle that involved the Mošaʿšaʿ and the ruler of Zakiya, near Basra, caused the Ottoman to send an expedition to southern Iraq that resulted in renewed, firmer Ottoman control over the city (Posch, 2000, pp. 80-86; Bacqué-Grammont, 2004, pp. 13 f.) With much of their military energy absorbed on the European front, the Ottomans were ambivalent about protracted campaigning against Persia as well (Murphey, pp. 230-34, 247; Bacqué-Grammont, 1993a, p. 222). Yet it was the Ottomans who launched three campaigns against Persia (as opposed to ten in the Balkans) duringṬahmāsb’s reign. The first of these was the War of the Two Iraqs of 1533-34, which returned Baghdad to Ottoman control and gave them a tenuous hold over Basra. The invasion of Iraq came after the Safavid governor of Baghdad, Ḏu’l-Faqār Beyg, had embraced Sunnism and offered the keys to the city to the sultan. In 1546 a complicated tribal struggle that involved the Mošaʿšaʿ and the ruler of Zakiya, near Basra, caused the Ottoman to send an expedition to southern Iraq that resulted in renewed, firmer Ottoman control over the city (Posch, 2000, pp. 80-86; Bacqué-Grammont, 2004, pp. 13 f.) » at www.iranicaonline.org/articles/iraq-iv-safavid-period [Vol. XIII, Fasc. 5, pp. 556-560 and Vol. XIII, Fasc. 6, p. 561]
« After I had eaten, Mr. Beaumont offered me one of the ship's boats to take me to Basra. Rather more than an hour's row across the river, here very broad with a Rluggish stream, and up the creek in the midst of palm groves, brought me to Lhe town. I proceeded at once to the residence of Mr. Barsac, who received me very courteously, and begged me to accept a room in his house. » #2941 Austen Henry Layard, Early Adventures in Persia, Susiana, and Babylonia, John Murray, London, 1887, ~ vol. 2 p. 179
SOURCE for Basrah
suffered much were the Armenian merchants trading the Gulf. They were based at Julfar near Isfahan and for several years at the turn of the century were harrassed continuously. The Iman found it convenient to declare war against them - a device appearing to legalise the piracy it actually represented - and was particularly favoured by the location of Muscat in prosecuting this war. For example, in September 1700, hearing that an Armenian ship had left Bandar Abbas for Basrah, two ships were sent from Muscat to try to intercept it. This they failed to do but on reaching Basrah boarded it, took possession, and left with it whilst it was still laden with its cargo of corn and barley ... » #2816 Bathurst, Raymond Denis, The Ya’rubi dynasty of Oman, (unpublished thesis), University of Oxford, 1967 ~ p. 201
SOURCE for Bassora
« L'importance des liaisons commerciales entre Bassora et Ormuz et le fait qu'Ormuz fût l'escale obligée des marchandises venant de l'Inde, explique que Bassora (en dépit de la suzeraineté exercée par âah Isma'il depuis 1508)69 ait cherché à nouer rapidement des contacts avec les Portugais. fn. 69. Cf. Encyclopédie de l'islam. 1. Leyden, E. J. Brill, 1960, s. e. Basra, p. 1119. Sah Ismail succéda à cette date au dernier souverain aqqoyunhu réfugié à Bagdad, dont l'autorité sur le Bas-Irak était déjà toute nominale. [ The importance of commercial links between Bassora and Ormuz and the fact that Ormuz was the obligatory stopover for goods coming from India, explains why Bassora (despite the suzerainty exercised by âah Isma'il since 1508)69 sought to quickly establish contact with the Portuguese. fn. 69. See Encyclopedia of Islam. 1. Leyden, E.J. Brill, 1960, s. e. Basra, p. 1119. Sah Ismail succeeded on this date to the last Aqqoyunhu sovereign who took refuge in Baghdad, whose authority over Lower Iraq was already quite nominal. ] » #2953 Dejanirah Silva-Couto, L'expédition portugaise à Bassora en 1551 in Comptes rendus des séances de l'Académie des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres, 2002. 146? année,: N. 2:pp. 461-486 ~ p. #2953 Dejanirah Silva-Couto, L'expédition portugaise à Bassora en 1551 in Comptes rendus des séances de l'Académie des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres, 2002. 146? année,: N. 2:pp. 461-486 ~ p. 476
« Bassora » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 2 p. 491
SOURCE for Bassorah
« In the time of Hossein Pasha, the son of Ali Pasha, both of them mentioned in the Travels of Pietro della Valle and Tavernier, the city of Bussorah was distant nearly two miles from the banks of the river, and Minawi was then a distinct village, serving as the port or landing-place. It was this Hossein who extended the walls of the former town down to the river, and enclosed the village of Minawi within it, by which means all the intermediate fields and gardens which had never before, nor have even since been built upon, became incorporated with the rest. The newly enclosed village was then fortified by a strong wall continued all around it, and formed nearly an eighth of the whole space enclosed within the walls of Bussorah, even when thus extended. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971 ~ pp. 365-6
SOURCE for Basurate
« Basurate » in {map#1069 Carte française du Golfe Persique, anonyme, 1600-1799, Bibliothèque nationale de France, département Cartes et plans, CPL GE SH 18E PF 209 DIV 2 P 8 RES} see AHduGP map 66
SOURCE for Bussorah
« February 20.-We anchored within ten miles of Bussorah. Captain Taylor, the political agent, came on board, was received with thecustomary salute, and after dinner returned ashore. The next morning, the ship anchored oppositethe town. » #3621 George Keppel, Personal Narrative of a Journey from India to England, Henry Colburn, London, 1827 ~ vol. 1 pp. 46-7
« The city of Bussorah is enclosed within a wall, eight miles in circumference. Of this space, the greatest portion is laid out in gardens and plantations of date trees. » #3621 George Keppel, Personal Narrative of a Journey from India to England, Henry Colburn, London, 1827 ~ vol. 1 p. 69
SOURCE for Pi-ssi-lo
(#326 Chau Ju-kua (trans. Hirth, F and Rockhill, W W), His work on the Chinese and Arab Trade in the twelth and thriteenth centuries entitled Chu-fan-chi, Office of the Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg, 1911 pp. 117, 122 note 13)

R86-001 Iland, called Carreghe
R86-001 Iland, called Carreghe : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: ISL UFI: -3070760 coordinate: lat 29.238883 long 50.312946
NIMA/GNS names: Jazirat Kharg , Jazireh Khark , Jazireh-e-Khark , Jazireh-ye Kharg , Jazireh-ye Khark , Kharg Island , Kharij , Khark , جزيره خارك , خارك ,
VARIANT names: Aracia , Arakia , Areek , Carac , Carack I. , Carichij , Carrge , Charick , Corgam , Corick , Ifle of Carek , Iland, called Carreghe , Ilha Cargue , Karak , Karek , Kharag , Kharak , Kharg Island , Kharidj ,
POSSIBLE LOCATION at Karek FOR Sophtha [Gossellin, Findlay, Vincent?],
SOURCE for Aracia
« 23.Kharak (Kharag). It's 4 miles. long and approx. 2 wide and is 31 miles. N.W. W. of Büshir (29° 15' 25" N. 50° 20' 10" E.L.v., measured from the fort). … Pliny, calling it Aracia, mentions an "ancient mountain sacred to Neptune," » #2863 ed. A. Hotz, Cornelis Cornelisz Roobacker's Scheeps- Journaal Gamron-Basra (1645); De Eerste Reis Der Nederlanders door de Perzische Golf. In Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, Deel Xxiv., Brill, Leiden, 1907 ~p. 388
SOURCE for Arakia
« Arakia [Ptolemaeus]» #2863 ed. A. Hotz, Cornelis Cornelisz Roobacker's Scheeps- Journaal Gamron-Basra (1645); De Eerste Reis Der Nederlanders door de Perzische Golf. In Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, Deel Xxiv., Brill, Leiden, 1907 ~ De plaatsnamen door Roobacker genoemd en de overeenkomstige op oudere en nieuwere kaarten. [The place names mentioned by Robacker and the corresponding ones on older and newer maps.] table after p. 380
« Among the three islands of the Persian Gulf Ptolemy (6.4.8) mentions Αλεξάνδρου ή κα? ?ρακία.(1) Previously it was believed that this could be identified with the island of IKARO S that is mentioned by Arrian (7.20.4) and Strabo (16.3.2).(2) However, the Danish excavations on the island of Failaka have demonstrated that Failaka should be identified with Ikaros. In fact, it is now generally agreed that Arakia should be identified with the island of Kharg in the Gulf. E. Haerinck has suggested there was a Palmyrene colony on Kharg;(3) we do not know if earlier there was a Graeco- Macedonian colony on the island. In general see R. Ghirshman, CRAI (1958) 261-68; id., RA (1959) 70-72; Le Rider, Suse 432; E. Haerinck, IrAnt 11 (1975) 134-67; P. Bernard, Topoi 5 (1995) 403-8; M.-J. Steve, Kharg 7-9.
fn. 1. Marcianus of Herakleia (1.24 in GGM 1:530) provides the same information with the addition of the word ν?σος (Ενταῦθα παράκειται ν?σος Αλεξάνδρου καλουμένη). Moses of Chorene refers to this island as Alexandreia (Eranshahr 32, ed. Marquart, p. 138). Pliny (NH 6.111) mentions the islands of Psilos, Kassandra, and Aracha in the Persian Gulf facing Persis. For the toponym cf., for example, Alexandrou Nesos and Alexandrou Chorion in the Fayum (Dizionario "Alexandrou Chorion"). S.VV. "Alexandrou Nesos" and
fn. 2. For the identification of Arakia with Ikaros see, for example, Ghirshman, RA (1959) 70-72. For the identification of Arakia with Kharg see, for example, Le Rider, Suse 432 n. 2; Haerinck, IrAnt 11 (1975) 135; Steve, Kharg 8.
fn. 3. For Haerinck's suggestion that there was a Palmyrene colony on Kharg see IrAnt (1975) 148-49 n. 52. » #2858 Getzel M. Cohen, The Hellenistic Settlements in the East from Armenia and Mesopotamia to Bactria and India, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2013 ~ chap. IV, Alexandrou Nesos Arakia pp. 183-4
SOURCE for Areek
« Areek » in {map#1022 Persische Golf, Compiled by Jan de Marre. Published in Amsterdam by Johannes van Keulen, 1753, The Hague, Nationaal Archief, 4.VEL S6B 033 kaart(13)}
SOURCE for Carac
« Carac, Karek, Karak [Fransche Geografen der 18 de EEUW]» #2863 ed. A. Hotz, Cornelis Cornelisz Roobacker's Scheeps- Journaal Gamron-Basra (1645); De Eerste Reis Der Nederlanders door de Perzische Golf. In Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, Deel Xxiv., Brill, Leiden, 1907 ~ De plaatsnamen door Roobacker genoemd en de overeenkomstige op oudere en nieuwere kaarten. [The place names mentioned by Robacker and the corresponding ones on older and newer maps.] table after p. 380
SOURCE for Carack I.
« Carack I. » in {map#997 [Carte anglaise du golfe Persique] / Made by John Thornton at the Signe of the Platt in the Minories, John Thornton, 1699, Bibliothèque nationale de France, département Cartes et plans, CPL GE SH 18E PF 209 DIV 2 P 5 RES} see AHduGP map 87
SOURCE for Carichij
« On departing from Basora we sailed 200
miles along the left shore of the gulf, having the open sea on
our right hand, till we came to an island called Carichij or
Karak, whence we continued our vovage to Ormuz, always
keeping the Persian shore in sight on our left, and seeing
many islands on our right hand towards Arabia. » #1518 Kerr, Robert, A General History and Collection of Voyages and Travels arranged in systematic order: forming a complete History of the origin and progress of navigation, discovery, and commerce, by sea and land, from the earliest to the present time., W.Blackwood:T. Cadell, 1824, 18 vols ~ vol. 7 p. 148
SOURCE for Carrge
« Carrge » in {map#832 Northwestern Indian Ocean, including Red Sea and Persian Gulf, parts of Africa and Arabia., Joan Martines, 1575-1599, The Huntington Library mssHM 33 ff. 14} see AHduGP map 35
SOURCE for Charick
« Charick [Roobacker]» #2863 ed. A. Hotz, Cornelis Cornelisz Roobacker's Scheeps- Journaal Gamron-Basra (1645); De Eerste Reis Der Nederlanders door de Perzische Golf. In Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, Deel Xxiv., Brill, Leiden, 1907 ~ De plaatsnamen door Roobacker genoemd en de overeenkomstige op oudere en nieuwere kaarten. [The place names mentioned by Robacker and the corresponding ones on older and newer maps.] table after p. 380
SOURCE for Corgam
« Corgam is probably the island of Kharak and its immediate neighbour, the small island of Kharaku or Corgo, a group not far from Bushire. Its position has given it importance from time to time, and it became an important trading centre under the Dutch after they had been expelled from Basra in 1748. It was also temporarily occupied by the English in 1838 and 1857. (See Curzon's Persia, II, pp. 403-405.) (Not in the Spanish version or Ribero's map.) » #40 Barbosa, Duarte, The Book of Duarte Barbosa, an Account of the Countries Bordering on the Indian Ocean and Their Inhabitants. Translated by M. L. Dames, Hakluyt Society:Asian Educational Services, London:New Delhi, 1918-21:2002 ~ vol. 1 p. 77 note 1
« Ses pilotes guidaient les bateaux au long cours dans les passes du Chatt cl-Arab ; la plupart des hommes de Khârg vivaient de ce métier (119).
fn. 119 Tenreiro, p. 109. et plus en détail, Tiugem por terra. 6d. Perry Vidal, p. 119-120, éd. L. Ribeiro, p. 117-118; Barros, IV/3-13, p. 163; Teixeira, II, p. 71. En 1843, le bâtiment de Ifontanier, J’oyage dam l’Inde et dam le Golfe Permpe, tome 1, p. 167, utilise les pilotes de Khârg. Persian GuV Pilot, éd. 1864, p. 217; Lorimer. II, p. 1020. etc. Duarte Barbosa insère ‘Corgam’ sans autre détail dans la liste des possessions d’Ormuz. » #898 Aubin, Jean, Le royaume d'Ormuz au début du XVIe siècle, Mare Luso-Indicum, Geneva, 1973 ~ p. 99
SOURCE for Corick
« Corick » in {map#1086 Carte anglaise du Golfe Persique, Anonyme anglais, 1600-1799, Bibliothèque nationale de France, département Cartes et plans, CPL GE SH 18E PF 209 DIV 2 P 2 RES} see AHduGP map 85
« Corick » in {map#1097 19 Persia, Arabia, Felix, Hacke, William., 1690?, Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. G2201.P5 H3 1690}
SOURCE for Ifle of Carek
« The Ifle of Carek reaches in length, from South-Eaft to North-West; it is very narrow, and about three or four Leagues in compafs: it is about twelve Leagues from Bender-Regb, and fifty from Baffera. This Island is partly hilly and partly plain, it produces Wheat, Barley, Dates, and good Grapes, there is very good water upon it alfo, » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thevenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ pt. 2 p. 171
SOURCE for Iland, called Carreghe
« And the same day, we arrived at an Iland, called Carreghe ... The sixe and twentieth day, we landed in the Iland of Carege: and there is great store of Onions, and Wells of fresh water; and in the middle of the Iland is a Casal. The Iland is about two miles broad and two miles long. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 457
SOURCE for Ilha Cargue
« E da vila Reixete até a foz do rio Eufrates, que será espaço de cinqüenta e oito léguas, está a Ilha Cargue, notável neste mar, que distará da terra firme cinco léguas, e da vila Reixete quinze » #810 Barros, Joâo de ed: Cidade, Hernâni, Ásia de João de Barros: dos feitos que os portugueses fizeram no descobrimento e conquista dos mares e terras do Oriente., Agência Geral das Colónias, Lisboa, 1945-1946, ~ vol. 3 p. 316
SOURCE for Karak
see source « Carac »
« I remained about a fortnight at Karak, making many agreeable acquaintances among the officers, and spending my time very pleasantly in their society and in that of Colonel Hennell. On Christ-mas Day I dined with Commodore Brucks, who commanded the squadron of the East India Com-pany's navy in the Persian Gulf. His flag was hoisted on the 'Coote,' a corvette on which I had passed a day as a boy, some eight years before, when she was in the Thames. » #2941 Austen Henry Layard, Early Adventures in Persia, Susiana, and Babylonia, John Murray, London, 1887, ~ vol. 1 p. 470
SOURCE for Karek
SOURCE for Kharag
« Finally, the Dutch also threatened the Company's position in the Gulf. By 1754 the Dutch had established themselves at Kharag, an island in the northern part of the Persian Gulf, where they energetically engaged in trade and presented a most serious challenge to the Company's position. (122)
Fn. 122 The Dutch Settlement at Kharag will be discussed in Appendix 1 of this work. » #2977 Abdul Amir Amin, British Interests in the Persian Gulf 1747-1778 - thesis, University of Maryland, 1962 ~ p. 58
« Kharag [Admiralty]» #2863 ed. A. Hotz, Cornelis Cornelisz Roobacker's Scheeps- Journaal Gamron-Basra (1645); De Eerste Reis Der Nederlanders door de Perzische Golf. In Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, Deel Xxiv., Brill, Leiden, 1907 ~ De plaatsnamen door Roobacker genoemd en de overeenkomstige op oudere en nieuwere kaarten. [The place names mentioned by Robacker and the corresponding ones on older and newer maps.] table after p. 380
SOURCE for Kharak
« Kharak [Arabische Geografen]» #2863 ed. A. Hotz, Cornelis Cornelisz Roobacker's Scheeps- Journaal Gamron-Basra (1645); De Eerste Reis Der Nederlanders door de Perzische Golf. In Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, Deel Xxiv., Brill, Leiden, 1907 ~ De plaatsnamen door Roobacker genoemd en de overeenkomstige op oudere en nieuwere kaarten. [The place names mentioned by Robacker and the corresponding ones on older and newer maps.] table after p. 380
« The map of the Persian Sea is an enlarged version of a portion of the world map,(66) although there are enough differences in the shape of the ocean in the two maps to necessitate some explanation. Three large islands — Kharak, Awal (Bahrain), and Laft (Qishm Island) — are set symmetrically in what is the Arabian Sea, with the Tigris to the left and the Indus to the right. India and China coalesce into one narrow peninsula, matching Arabia on the other side. The attempt is probably to match the Mediterranean on the other side of the world. Hence India also has a large mountain (Adam's Peak) to match the Jabal al-Qilal near the Strait of Gibraltar. This is the Indian Ocean map in the first recension (Istakhri I). fn. 66. For al-IstakhrI's maps, see Miller, Mappae arabicae, Band 3, Beiheft, Taf. 22 (except Gotha)), 23, and 24 (except Berlin2 and Paris2) (note 14). » #2054 David Woodward, The History of Cartography, University of Chicago Press, Chicago:London, 2007 ~ vol. 2 p. 122
SOURCE for Kharg Island
SOURCE for Kharidj
detailed map in #1839 Morgan, Jacques de, Mission scientifique en Perse Tome Second Études Géographiques, Ernest Leroux, Paris, 1895 vol. 2: ~ Fig . 145. - Carte de l'île Kháridj p. 303

R86-002 Abousher
R86-002 Abousher : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: -3057164 coordinate: lat 28.9684 long 50.8385
NIMA/GNS names: Abu Shehr , Abuschehr , Bandar Abu Shehr , Bandar Bushehr , Bandar-e Bushehr , Bouchehr , Buschir , Bushehr , Bushire , بندر بوشهر , بوشهر ,
VARIANT names: Abbeseer , Abïishehr , Abou-Chahr , Abousher , Abu Shahr , Abufchahhr , Alexandri , Antiochia in Persis , Bender-Bouchehr , Bocher , Booshuhr , Bouchyr , Bushahr , Bushehr , Bushir , Bushire , Chersonesos , Mesambria , Rev Ardeshir , Seleucia on the Erythraean Sea ,
POSSIBLE LOCATION at Bushire FOR Bascarde [Dames], POSSIBLE LOCATION at Bushire FOR Areon [Kempthorne],
SOURCE for Abbeseer
« Abbeseer (55 B) : Bushehr ? » #1939 Couto, Dejanirah, Bacqué-Grammont, Jean-Louis, and Taleghani, Mahmoud (eds.), Atlas historique du golfe Persique (XVIe-XVIIIe siècles), Turnhout, Brepols, 2006 ~ index p. 412
« Abbeseer » in {map#1022 Persische Golf, Compiled by Jan de Marre. Published in Amsterdam by Johannes van Keulen, 1753, The Hague, Nationaal Archief, 4.VEL S6B 033 kaart(13)}
SOURCE for Abïishehr
« 22. Abushehr (Büshir), 28° 59' 7" N.B., 50° 49' 37" O.L. v. G., aan het uiteinde van een door zandbanken omringden landtong gelegen, is de voornaamste haven van Perzie, met omstr. 20 000 inw. Het werd reeds door Jaqüt in het midden der eeuw vermeld1), ook door Balbi (1586) Met Reixel = Rlshehr op Portug. kaarten (waarover lager), werd waarschijnlijk Büshir bedoeld. Van Loon heeft het als Abbeseer. Het bleef een onbeduidend plaatsje lot Nadir Shah (1688—1747) er, weinige jaren vóór zijn dood. aanving de vloot te bouwen waarmede hij hoopte zijn gezag over de geheele Golf te vestigen. Gamron, reeds vervallen door de aanhoudende onlusten gedurende den Afghaanschen inval, geraakte ook onder Nadir niet weder tot bloei, en zoowel de Nederl. als de Eng. O. I. Cie kozen achtereenvolgens andere havens voor hun bedrijf: Basra, Bender Rïg, het eiland Kharak. Ook te Büshir had onze Compagnie eenigen tijd een kantoor, maar de Engelschen, die er zich vestigden in 1764, voerden er met korte tusschenpoozen, wanneer weder Gamron of Basra de voorkeur kregen, van den aanvang af den boventoon. Nearchus landt hier en noemt het Mesambria (wellicht, meent Tom., de nabootsing van een verloren Perz. naam, b. v. madema vairiya — „wat zich te midden van den vloed bevindt", of wel naiwa-rauia — „Middag", in de beteekenis van den bestaanden naam van deze kust germsïr — heete landstreek). Hij beschrijft het als een „schiereiland met vele tuinen, waarin alle soorten van vruchtboomen groeien", hetgeen tot op zekere hoogte nog heden het geval is. Ptolemaeus heeft Chersonesos voor het schiereiland, zonder nadere aanduiding. Vincent (p. 395) meent dat de Grieken hiermede een woordelijke vertaling kunnen gegeven hebben van een reeds bestaanden oud-Perz. naam: Mesen — eiland, Ber — vasteland: Mesen-ber-ia, dat is dus omgekeerd Cherso nese. Dit heeft echter geen ingang gevonden.
I) De Morgan (Études Géograph., II, 300.) zegt ten onrechte dat Bushïr gesticht werd door Nadir Shah en hij haar Aba Chahr = Perè des cités noemde. Ook deze afleiding is betwistbaar, want Abü is een arab. en shehr het enkelvoud van een Perz. woord, waardoor de samenkoppeling dus onaannemelijk wordt. Houtum Schindler (bij Curzon, II, 231, note) vond in den Karnamek {Boek der Daden) van Ardeshïr Babekan, den eerste der Sasaniden, dat hij, vluchtende naar de kust voor de Parthen, „toen hij de zee aanschouwde God prees en daar aan een plek den naam Bokht- (= heeft verlost) Artakhshir gaf en er een tempel, aan het vuur gewijd, stichtte." De latere verkorting tot Büshir zou dan aannemelijk zijn (vgl. Bahmishlr van Bahman Ardeshir). Het is echter niet waarschijnlijk, dat deze afleiding het raadsel voor goed heeft opgelost.
[22. Abishehr (Büshir), 28° 59' 7" N., 50° 49' 37" E., situated at the extremity of a spit of land surrounded by sandbanks, is the principal port of Persia, with approx. 20 000 inh. It was already mentioned by Jaqüt in the middle of the century1), also by Balbi (1586) With Reixel = Rlshehr op Portug. cards (about which below), Büshir was probably meant. Van Loon has it as Abbeseer. It remained an insignificant place for Nadir Shah (1688-1747) a few years before his death. began to build the fleet with which he hoped to establish his authority over the entire Gulf. Gamron, already dilapidated by the continuing disturbances during the Afghan invasion, did not flourish again under Nadir either, and both the Nederl. as the Eng. O. I. Cie successively chose other ports for their company: Basra, Bender Rig, the island of Kharak. Our Company also had an office at Büshir for some time, but the English, who settled there in 1764, predominated from the outset at short intervals, when Gamron or Basra were again preferred. Nearchus lands here and calls it Mesambria (perhaps, thinks Tom., the imitation of a lost Persian name, e.g. madema vairiya — "that which is in the midst of the flood," or naiwa-rauia — "Afternoon," in the meaning of the existing name of this coast germsir — hot country). He describes it as a "peninsula with many gardens, in which all kinds of fruit trees grow," which is still the case to a certain extent today. Ptolemy has Chersonesos for the peninsula, without specifying. Vincent (p. 395) believes that the Greeks may have given a literal translation of an already existing old Persian name: Mesen — island, Ber — mainland: Mesen-ber-ia, that is the reverse Cherso nese However, this has not found acceptance.
I) De Morgan (Études Géograph., II, 300.) wrongly says that Bushir was founded by Nadir Shah and he called it Aba Chahr = Perè des cités. This derivation is also debatable, because Abu is an Arab. and shehr the singular of a Persian. word, making the combination implausible. Houtum Schindler (at Curzon, II, 231, note) found in the Karnamek (Book of Deeds) of Ardeshir Babekan, the first of the Sasanids, that, fleeing to the coast of the Parthians, "when he beheld the sea he praised God and there gave a place the name Bokht- (= has redeemed) Artakhshir and founded there a temple dedicated to the fire." The later shortening to Büshir would then be plausible (cf. Bahmishlr of Bahman Ardeshir). probably, that this derivation has solved the riddle for good.] » #2863 ed. A. Hotz, Cornelis Cornelisz Roobacker's Scheeps- Journaal Gamron-Basra (1645); De Eerste Reis Der Nederlanders door de Perzische Golf. In Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, Deel Xxiv., Brill, Leiden, 1907 ~ p. 386
SOURCE for Abou-Chahr
#1839 Morgan, Jacques de, Mission scientifique en Perse Tome Second Études Géographiques, Ernest Leroux, Paris, 1895 vol. 2: ~ Fig. 142. Abou-Chahr p. 299
SOURCE for Abousher
« The same day in the evening, wee were at Abousher, which is a Castle. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 457
SOURCE for Abu Shahr
« Confident of his ability to challenge the British themselves, Shaikh Salman carried out his first direct hostile act against the British on July 18, 1765. Six of his Gallivats captured two British ships on their way from Abu Shahr to Basra, a small Company ship called Sally and the Company’s yacht. A few days later they captured Fort William (286), one of the British ships trading under Company protection. The capture of these ships marked the beginning of a long and arduous struggle between the British and Kaᶜb.
fn. 286 B.P.C., Vol. 28. Letter from Basra, Aug. 14, 1765. » #2977 Abdul Amir Amin, British Interests in the Persian Gulf 1747-1778 - thesis, University of Maryland, 1962 ~ p. 142
SOURCE for Abufchahhr
« A Ahhrán je quittois le Kaffle, avec quelques autres perſonnes, qui étoient ausſi à Cheval, et j'arrivois à la verité un peu incommodé et fatigué, mais d'ailleurs fort heureuſement à Abuſchähhr. [At Ahhrán I left the Kaffle, with some other people, who were also on horseback, and I arrived in truth a little inconvenienced and tired, but otherwise very happily at Abuſchähhr.] » #3642 Niebuhr, Carsten, Voyage en Arabie et en d'autres pays circonvoisins, vol. 2, S.J. Baalde, Amsterdam, 1780 ~ vol. 2 p. 148
SOURCE for Alexandri
« Alexandri: ‘From the river Rhogomanis to a peninsula 500 stadia. Opposite
this is an island called Alexandri’.(120) Bushehr.(121)
fn. 120 Schoff, Periplus of the Outer Sea (as in n. 111) 21.
fn. 121 W. Henkelman, pers. comm. » #2996 Potts, D., The islands of the XIVth Satrapy. Pp. 375-396 in Oetjen, R., ed. New perspectives in Seleucid history, archaeology and numismatics: Studies in honor of Getzel M. Cohen., Beiträge zur Altertumskunde 355, De Gruyter, 2019 ~ p. 393
SOURCE for Antiochia in Persis
#382 Potts, D.T., The Arabian Gulf in Antiquity, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1990 pp 15-6 D. T. Potts reviews the possible locations and states that the suggestion put forward by W. W. Tarn that the city was located at Bushire has been generally accepted.
SOURCE for Bender-Bouchehr
« La veille de notre départ de Bender-Bouchéhr, nous primes congé du cheykh, [The day before our departure from Bender-Bouchehr, we took leave of the sheikh,] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 2 p. 52
« Bender-Bouchéhr » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 2 p. 491
SOURCE for Bocher
« After an hour's talk with him, I re-embarked in my taranquaine, which is the name of the vessels that navigate the Persian Gulf (1). I followed our route with a light wind from the sea, which took us near the Persian coast. About four o'clock in the afternoon we saw Bocher [Bushire], a little town on the Persian coast of which I will speak in another place; and, in passing two leagues below it, we also saw Richer [Rishahr], which appears to be a large fortress on the seashore, built in former times by the Portuguese at the mouth of a little river (2). By it was a beach between two mountains and a village in a wood, the verdure of which was a pleasant sight from the sea. It was once inhabited and under Portuguese rule, but is now deserted except for some poor Persians and Arabs, subjects of the King of Persia. That night and the following day we continued on our way along the coast.
fn. 1 Hamilton (1, 41) calls these boats 'trankies'. As to their nature and the supposed derivation of the word, see Sir W. Foster's note (ibid., 1, 226), and Hobson-Jobson, 937, where Couto is cited as calling them 'terranquims' in 1554, and Hanway tarranquins' in 1753. Pietro della Valle (Viaggi, IV, 437; tr. Havers, 238) also speaks of the barques on the Persian Gulf called 'terrankim'.
fn. 2 This was the former fortress of the ancient town of Rishahr, mentioned by Curzon, II, 235, and Wilson, p. 74 » #385 ed. Fawcett, The Travels of the Abbe Carre in India and the near east 1672 to 1674, Hakluyt Society, London, 1947 ~ vol.1 pp. 94-5
SOURCE for Booshuhr
« I only stayed long enough in Booshuhr to enable arrangements to be made for my journey to Sheeraz, and started after a couple of days. The road to Sheeraz has been so often, and in some cases, especially by Colonel Taylor, so well described, that there remains very little to say about it. It leaves the town and proceeds over an expanse of hard sand which gradually becomes more and more wet, and it is necessary to be very careful in following the track, or else to have a guide; as off the road, one might very soon get into a quicksand. » #1795 MacGregor , Charles Metcalfe, Narrative of a Journey through the Province of Khorassan, and on the N. W. Frontier of Afghanistan in 1875, ~ vol. 1 p. 14
SOURCE for Bouchyr
« Nous faisons halte au second village, et à deux heures, après le soleil couché, nous nous remettons en route dans la compagnie d'une caravane qui se rendait comme nous à Bouchyr. [We stopped at the second village, and at two o'clock, after the sun had set, we set off again in the company of a caravan which was going, like us, to Bouchyr.] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 510
SOURCE for Bushahr
SOURCE for Bushehr
« The two principal ports of foreign trade were Masqat and Basrah through one or other of which passed the great bulk of the goods that either entered or left the Gulf. It was calculated that more than half of the Indian imports at Bushehr and Basrah and the bulk of those into Bahrain were received through Masqat; and, similarly, the goods arriving by land from Europe, Asia Minor, etc., were distributed from Basrah as a centre. Bushehr was now practically the only port of Persia, as Basrah was of Turkish Iraq; Bahrain served Hasa and Central Arabia through Zubarah and Qatif; and Masqat was almost exclusively a port of transit. Bushehr and Kuwait were sometimes used as bases from which to smuggle goods into Turkish Iraq and even across Turkish Iraq to Europe. » #660 Lorimer, John Gordon, Gazetteer of the Persian Gulf, Oman and Central Arabia, Superintendent Government Printing, India, 1915 ~ vol. 1 pt. 1 p. 166
« Bushehr is situated at the northern end of a cigar-shaped peninsula of quaterny sandstone, about 12 miles long by 4 miles broad in the widest part, running parallel to the mainland and joined to it in the middle by a sandy plain about 20 miles wide, known as the Mashilah, which in winter more resembled a marsh. The town was a little above sea level, and until the early nineteenth century it was frequently an island, from rising tides.(3) In fact, in 1673 the town was described as being “surrounded on the west by a river, which is navigable for large boats, sand on the other side is embellished by woods and palm-groves. Most of the inhabitants are Arabs, the rest are Persians.”(4) However, already by mid-nineteenth century this flooding of the marsh was a rare occurrence, while towards the end of the century Bushehr had in fact become a peninsula.(5)
fn. 5. The origin of the name Bushehr is unclear. Popular etymology has it that the name means Abu Shahr or Father of the City, which is very doubtful. Equally doubtful is A. Houtum Schindler’s suggestion that the name is a contraction of Bokht Ardashir (Ardashir has delivered). Curzon 1892, vol. 1, p. 231; E`temad al-Saltaneh 1294-96/1877-80, vol. 1, p. 300 mentions that Bushehr sometimes became an island. For the situation in 1913, see Report on the Trade 1913-14, p. 1. » #3002 Willem Floor, Persian Gulf: Links with the Hinterland, Bushehr, Borazjan, Kazerun, Banu Ka`b and Bandar Abbas, Mage Publishers, Washington, 2015 ~ p. 4
SOURCE for Bushir
« The stoney peninsula of Bushir, 130 miles north west of Siraf, is connected to the mainland by a marshy area. Some surface findings at the end of the 19th century. Then Pezard's excavations in 1910 and finally Williamson' s survey have shed some light on the history of the city . » #2809 R. Boucharlat, J.-F. Salles, The History and Archaeology of The Gulf From The Fifth Century B.C. to the Seventh Century A.D.: A Review Of The Evidence, Proceedings of the Seminar for Arabian Studies, London, 1981, Vol. 11:pp. 65-94 ~ p. 69
« Bushlr has been identified with Antioch of Persis (Ptolemy, VI, 4, 2) already mentioned in an inscription from Magnesia upon the Meander (Tarn 1951 : 270 note 11). » #2809 R. Boucharlat, J.-F. Salles, The History and Archaeology of The Gulf From The Fifth Century B.C. to the Seventh Century A.D.: A Review Of The Evidence, Proceedings of the Seminar for Arabian Studies, London, 1981, Vol. 11:pp. 65-94 ~ p. 70
SOURCE for Bushire
« Nov. 9th.-We entered the gate of Bushire at sun-rise, rode to the British factory, and, leaving our horses, went straight to the bath; after which, we walked through the dirty and sandy town, to the Resident's house. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ p. 344
SOURCE for Chersonesos
« 22. Abïishehr (Büshir) … Hij beschrijft het als een "schiereiland met vele tuinen, waarin alle soorten van vruchtboomen groeien", hetgeen tot op zekere hoogte nog heden het geval is. Ptolemaeus heeft Chersonesos voor het schiereiland, zonder nadere aanduiding. Vincent (p. 395) meent dat de Grieken hiermede een woordelijke vertaling kunnen gegeven hebben van een reeds bestaanden oud-Perz. naam: Mesen = eiland, Ber = vasteland: Mesen-ber-ia, dat is dus omgekeerd Cherso nese. Dit heeft echter geen ingang gevonden. [22. Abïishehr (Büshir) ... He describes it as a "peninsula with many gardens, in which grow all kinds of fruit trees", which to some extent is still the case today. Ptolemy has Chersonesos for the peninsula, without further designation. Vincent (p. 395) believes that the Greeks could have given a literal translation of an already existing old Persian name: Mesen = island, Ber = mainland: Mesen-ber-ia, which is Chersonese in reverse. However, this has not found acceptance. ] » #2863 ed. A. Hotz, Cornelis Cornelisz Roobacker's Scheeps- Journaal Gamron-Basra (1645); De Eerste Reis Der Nederlanders door de Perzische Golf. In Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, Deel Xxiv., Brill, Leiden, 1907, ~ pp. 386-7
SOURCE for Mesambria
« ‘In this passage they had followed the winding of the coast round a peninsula, (on which they saw plantations and gardens, with all kinds of fruit-trees,) and anchored at a place called Mesambria.'* This, therefore, could be only descriptive of the peninsula of Bushire, to the northward of which this station is to be sought for. * Voyage of Nearchus, c. 39. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971 ~
SOURCE for Rev Ardeshir
« Finally, Bushir is certainly the Sasanian Rev Ardeshir (Whitehouse
and Williamson 1973: 40-2 ). It is an important foundation of Ardeahir I
(22 4-242 ) on t he Coast, which emphasises, if needed, the Sasanian kings'
interest in supervising the Gulf trade (Tabari, in Noldeke 1879: 19) .
Rev Ardeshir was the diocesan centre of the Christian archbishop of Fars,
created in 415 / 420 , but Christians were already numerous in 341 when
Shapur II persecuted them (Fiey 1969: 182; 1974: 283-4) . » #2809 R. Boucharlat, J.-F. Salles, The History and Archaeology of The Gulf From The Fifth Century B.C. to the Seventh Century A.D.: A Review Of The Evidence, Proceedings of the Seminar for Arabian Studies, London, 1981, Vol. 11:pp. 65-94 ~
SOURCE for Seleucia on the Erythraean Sea
#382 Potts, D.T., The Arabian Gulf in Antiquity, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1990 pp 15-6 Potts reviews the possible locations and states that the suggestion put forward by W. W. Tarn that the city was located at Bushire has been generally accepted.

R86-003 very high Cliffe
R86-003 very high Cliffe : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: none independent coordinate: lat 27.883134 long 51.700807 † basis (p)
VARIANT names: Funnel Hill , very high Cliffe ,
SOURCE for Funnel Hill
[ « Funnel Hill » coordinate based on highest point that represents a pillar. PBR]
« Funnel Hill (27°52'N., 51°36'E.) is situated about 13 miles
SSE of the summit of Kuh-e Darang and about 3 miles inland.
It is table-topped, about 244m high, and has a small natural pillar that is a good landmark. » #2696 Pub. 172 Sailing Directions (Enroute) Red Sea and The Persian Gulf, National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency, Springfield, Virginia, U.S.A., 2022, ~ p. 297
SOURCE for very high Cliffe
« The last day of May, we passed by a very high Cliffe, and upon it is a Rocke like unto a Barne, which lyeth East and West, and to the West end of it lyeth a round Rocke, which is like an Hay-cocke, about two yards high. And this Cliffe is within three dayes sailing of Ormuz. And there the ships put off from the Land that goe for the Ile of Baharem: » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 457

R86-004 Shie or Shiche
R86-004 Shie or Shiche : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: ISL UFI: -3073009 coordinate: lat 26.8108 long 53.25
NIMA/GNS names: Bu Shuaib Island , Bushoeyb , Jazireh Sheikh Shoaib , Jazireh-ye Lavan , Jazireh-ye Sheykh Sho`eyb , Jezirat Sheikh-Shuaib , Levan Island , Shaik Shuaib Island , Shaikh Shu`aib Island , بوشيب , جزيره لاوان , جزيرۀ شيخ شعيب ,
VARIANT names: Busheab or Sheik Sihaib , dellara , I. Lara , Jazireh-ye Lavan , Jezviat Sheikh-Shuaib , laçer , Lar , Lar I. , Laraque , Larec , Lareca , Larek , Lareque , Larre , Lavàn , Sagdiana I. , Seikh Aba-Su'aib , Shaik Shuaib Island , Shaikh Shu'aib island , Sheigh Shuaib , Sheykh Sho'eyb , Shie or Shiche ,
POSSIBLE LOCATION at Sheigh Shuaib FOR Sophtha [A. Hotz, Tomaschek],
SOURCE for Busheab or Sheik Sihaib
« BUSHEAB, OR SHEIK SIHAIB, in lat. 26° 48' N. and extending from lon. 53° 19' to 53° 31' E., next to Kishm is the largest island in the gulf, of middling height and level, with groves of date trees, particularly on the side next the main; it is inhabited, and subject to the Sheik of Nakelo. The channel between it and the main, is 6 or 7 nuties wide in the middle, and more at each end; at the eastern entrance of which, about over from the island, there lies a small sand bank, about a mile in length, and very narrow, having only 2 fathoms water on it, with 10 fathoms within a mile of it to the northward, and 20 fathoms or more about mid-channel.
From about the middle of the south side of the island, a shoal extends to the S. W. with 8, 7, 5 and 3 fathoms rocks upon it, and 23 fathoms mud close to its edge, not above a mile off shore.
The Benares cruizer tacked upon it in 24 fathoms rocks, a town bearing true E. 9° N., the other extreme N. 38° W., not above a pistol shot off shore.
A shoal also projects from the west end of the island to a considerable distance, said by some navigators to have 7 fathoms water on it, about 1 mile off the west end of the island, and to be 2 miles broad from north to south: but this reef is considered to be steep to, and dangerous, for a snow belonging to Bombay, not long ago, was wrecked on it, and her cargo seized by the Sheik. Not long after, one of the Company's Packets ran upon this island in the night and was wrecked. At the east end of the island there is good anchorage in 5 or 6 fathoms, where fresh water may be got, but the Sheik is a predatory chief, not to be trusted. » #2590 James Horsburgh, The India Directory Or, Directions for Sailing to and from the East Indies, China, Australia, and the Interjacent Ports of Africa and South America, Black, Parbury and Allen, London, 1817: 1852 ~ p. 262
« Busheab » in Sketch to illustrate the memoir in #253 Kempthorne, Lieut. G. B., Notes made on a Survey along the Eastern Shores of the Persian Gulf in 1828, Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, London, 1835 ~ after p. 263
SOURCE for dellara
« laçer, dellara [Portuguese name] Lär [Arab name] Sheikh Shu'aib [modern equivalent] » #32 Tibbetts, G. R., Arabia in the Fifteenth-Century Navigational Texts, Arabian Studies, London and Basingstoke, 1974 ~ p. 100
SOURCE for I. Lara
« I. Lara » in {map#966 Nieuwe kaart van 't Ryk van Persie, Isaak Tirion, 1750, Barry Lawrence Ruderman stock# 83617} see AHduGP map 53
« For some time at least the agreement was respected until 1583, when the Niquelus broke the peace agreement. Once again they were reported to commit acts of piracy to vessels coming from Basra to Hormuz near the island of Lara, which caused damage to the customs revenues. Since Couto calls the island Lara and not Lareca, which he also mentions in the same chapter and thus Lara is unlikely to be an error, he probably is referring to Laz, the main village on Abu Sho'eyb, another inhabited island in the Persian Gulf opposite Nakhilu. » #1812 ed. Dejanirah Couto and Rui M. Loureiro, Revisiting Hormuz: Portuguese Interactions in the Persian Gulf Region in the Early Modern Period, Harrassowitz, 2008 ~ p.94
« LARA, ilha de-v. Lar, ilha de. [Pedro Teixeira - Relações de...]. » #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953 ~ vol. D-N, p. 183
SOURCE for Jazireh-ye Lavan
SOURCE for Jezviat Sheikh-Shuaib
« Shaikh Shu'aib island Iran 26 48 53 15 Jezviat Sheikh – Shuaib, Sheykh Sho'eyb » #2823 United States. Office of Geography, A Gazetteer of Arabia, Iraq, Iran, and Parts of Pakistan, and India, 1948 ~ p. 247
SOURCE for laçer
SOURCE for Lar
SOURCE for Lar I.
« Lar I. » in {map#989 Description de l'Empire du Sophi des Perses tirée en partie de l'Arabe de Nubie, Nicolas Sanson, 1658, Sanderus, Item Number: 28477} see AHduGP map 62
« LAR, ilha de-A ilha Larak ou Jezirat Larak, em 26° 51' lat. N. e 56° 21' long. E., no estreito de Ormuz. Pedro Teixeira, porém, nas suas Relações, não aplica aquele topónimo à ilha Larak, mas sim à Sheikh Shuaib, em 26° 48' lat. N. e 53° 15' long. E., no golfo Pérsico, cujo porto principal conserva o nome de Laz. » [LAR, island of -The island Larak or Jezirat Larak, at 26° 51' lat. N. and 56° 21' long. E., in the Strait of Hormuz. Pedro Teixeira, however, in his Relations, does not apply that toponym to Larak Island, but to Sheikh Shuaib, at 26° 48' lat. N. and 53° 15' long. E., on the Persian Gulf, whose main port retains the name of Laz.] #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953 ~ vol. D-N p. 183
« LAR, ilha de-A ilha Larak ou Jezirat Larak, em 26° 51' lat. N. e 56° 21' long. E., no estreito de Ormuz. Pedro Teixeira, porém, nas suas Relações, não aplica aquele topónimo à ilha Larak, mas sim à Sheikh Shuaib, em 26° 48' lat. N. e 53° 15' long. E., no golfo Pérsico, cujo porto principal conserva o nome de Laz. » #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953 ~ vol. D-N, p. 183
SOURCE for Laraque
« LARAQUE, ilha de-v. Lar, ilha de. [Fernão Lopes de Castanheda--- História do descobrimento e conquista da India pelos Portugueses]. » #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953 ~ vol. D-N, p. 183
SOURCE for Larec
« LAREC, ilha de-v. Lar, ilha de. [Manuel de Faria e Sousa - Asia Portuguesa]. » #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953 ~ vol. D-N, p. 184
SOURCE for Lareca
« LARECA, ilha de- v. Lar, ilha de. » #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953 ~ vol. D-N, p. 184
SOURCE for Larek
« LAREK, ilha-v. Lar, ilha de. » #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953 ~ vol. D-N, p. 184
SOURCE for Lareque
« LAREQUE, ilha-v. Lar, ilha de. [João de Barros-Da Asia]. » #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953 ~ vol. D-N, p. 184
SOURCE for Larre
« Larre » in {map#997 [Carte anglaise du golfe Persique] / Made by John Thornton at the Signe of the Platt in the Minories, John Thornton, 1699, Bibliothèque nationale de France, département Cartes et plans, CPL GE SH 18E PF 209 DIV 2 P 5 RES} see AHduGP map 87
SOURCE for Lavàn
« Sïrâf was the only major exception down to the eleventh century. It served as the principal port of the Sasanian empire, as was already said. After the Arab victory over the Sasanians, Basra was founded at the Shatt al-'Arab and became another important port besides Sïrâf. But seagoing vessels often avoided coastal sites, preferring to call at one of the many islands instead. Therefore, places like Khârk, Lâvàn, Qais, and Qishm were apt to take over key positions in maritime trade; they were considered safe and were conveniently located on or near the principle route through the Gulf.(27) fn. 27. Eckart Ehlers, Iran: Grundzuge einer geographischen Landeskunde (Darmstadt: Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft, 1980), p. 12.» #2023 Ralph Kauz and Roderich Ptak, Hormuz in Yuan and Ming sources, Bulletin de l'École française d'Extrême-Orient, ~ p.34
SOURCE for Sagdiana I.
« Sagdiana I. Busheab [place] 26 48 N [lat.] 53 23 E [long.] 24 [no. of map] » #2678 Alexander George Findlay, A classical atlas to illustrate ancient geography, W. Tegg and Company, 1847 ~ index p.35
SOURCE for Seikh Aba-Su'aib
« Die andere Insel, welche Perlenfischereien besitzt, vos papyapini (Orthagoras § 57) oder, wie Nearch bei Strabo p. 767 sich ausdrückt, ἐν ? μαργαρίτης πολ?ς κα? πολυτίμητος ἐστιν, heisst jetzt Insel des Seikh Aba-Su'aib; etwa 500 Araber be- treiben mit 25 Booten den Perlenfang. [The other island, which has pearl fisheries, vos papyapini (Orthagoras § 57) or, as Nearch in Strabo p. 767 expresses itself, ἐν ? μαργαρίτης πολ?ς κα? πολυτίμητος ἐστιν, now called island of Seikh Aba-Su'aib; around 500 Arabs hunt for pearls in 25 boats. ] » #2591 Wilhelm Tomaschek, Topographische Erläuterung der Küstenfahrt Nearchs vom Indus bis zum Euphrat, In Commission bei F. Tempsky, Wien, 1890 ~ p. 55
SOURCE for Shaik Shuaib Island
SOURCE for Shaikh Shu'aib island
SOURCE for Sheigh Shuaib
« Sheigh Shuaib [Admiralty]» #2863 ed. A. Hotz, Cornelis Cornelisz Roobacker's Scheeps- Journaal Gamron-Basra (1645); De Eerste Reis Der Nederlanders door de Perzische Golf. In Tijdschrift van het Koninklijk Nederlandsch Aardrijkskundig Genootschap, Tweede Serie, Deel Xxiv., Brill, Leiden, 1907 ~ De plaatsnamen door Roobacker genoemd en de overeenkomstige op oudere en nieuwere kaarten. [The place names mentioned by Robacker and the corresponding ones on older and newer maps.] table after p. 380
SOURCE for Sheykh Sho'eyb
SOURCE for Shie or Shiche
« and the same day we arrived at an Iland, called Shie, which is under the Portugals: and upon the West end of it are two companies of Date Trees, and two round Knobs like two Hay-cocks, and it is a plaine Iland. The aforesaid seventh day at night, wee came to an Anchor at Shie: and to the South of it lyeth a small Iland, where they fish for Pearles. The eight day wee went on shoare there. The ninth day, we departed from Shiche, » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 458

R86-005 Necchel
R86-005 Necchel : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: -3055133 coordinate: lat 26.891 long 53.4874
NIMA/GNS names: Bandar-e Nakhilu , Nahkilu , Nahkilu , Nakhilu , بندرِ نخيلو , نخيلو ,
VARIANT names: Bandar-e Nakhilu , Bender-Nakhilou , Nachelo , Nakelo , Nakheeloo , Nakhilū , Necchel , Nikilú ,
SOURCE for Bandar-e Nakhilu
« In 1585 the Portuguese suffered a serious reverse at Naklilu, upon the Persian Coast, in attempting to punish the place for obstructing the despatch of supplies to Hormuz. Taken unawares after landing they were driven to their ships with a loss, native auxiliaries probably included, of 250 men. » #660 Lorimer, John Gordon, Gazetteer of the Persian Gulf, Oman and Central Arabia, Superintendent Government Printing, India, 1915 ~ bvol. 1 pt. 1 p. 8
SOURCE for Bender-Nakhilou
« Bender-Nakhilou fn. 2 Résidence d'un chevki, nommé Reham-Ali-Nessour. [fn. 2 Residence of a sheikh, named Reham-Ali-Nessour.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 2 p. 490
SOURCE for Nachelo
« Laftly, the Schiechs of Nachelo, Nabend, Aaloe, Tahhrie, Schilu, and Konkoun. The inhabitants of Nachelo are eſteemed to be very ſkilful divers. In the city of Kon- koun, the inhabitants of which are of a more pacific character than the other branches of the tribe of Houle, both Jews and Banians refide. » #1845 Pinkerton, John, A general Collection of the best and most interesting Voyages and Travels in all parts of the world, Longmans, Hurst, Rees, Orme and Brown, London, 1811 ~ p. 127
« Niebuhr places Nachelo, the residence of a Sheik, in the river Darabin; and if I had found any resemblance in this name (199) to Okhus, I should have looked to this place for a station; but in the position taken there can be no error of consequence to the journal, except that an addition to the distance Arrian gives between the Darabin and Cape Nabon would be convenient, as his account is at present somewhat in excess. » #852 Vincent, William, The commerce and navigation of the ancients in the Indian Ocean, T. Cadell jun. and W. Davies, London, 1807 ~ vol. 1 p. 380
« Enfin les fchechs de Nachelo, de Nabend d'Aaloe, de Tabrie, de Schilu et de Koukoun. Les habitans de Nachelo paffent pour les meilleurs plongeurs. Dans la ville de Kontorn, dont les habitans font les plus pacifiques des Houles, on trouve des Juifs et des Banians. » #291 Niebuhr, Carsten, Description de l’Arabie d’apre`s les observations et recherches faites dans le pays me^me., S. J. Baalde, Amsterdam, 1774 ~ vol. 2 p. 155
« Nachelo » in {map#1035 Sinus Persici maximam partem ad observationes proprias A. MDCCLXV, Carsten Niebuhr, 1765, Bibliothèque nationale de France, département Philosophie, histoire, sciences de l'homme, 4-O2G-7 (A)} see AHduGP map 102
SOURCE for Nakelo
« NAKELO, a town on the coast opposite to the Island Schittuar, has a fort and a detached tower for its protection, with regular soundings near the shore; but the anchorage is exposed to N. W. winds, and the town is within a point of land, that forms the south side of an inlet or river. Cheroo, is a village about 4 miles S. E. of Nakelo, and subject to the Sheik of that place. Between them the shore is steep, therefore a ship should not borrow under 15 fathoms, this depth being within of a mile of the shore. » #2590 James Horsburgh, The India Directory Or, Directions for Sailing to and from the East Indies, China, Australia, and the Interjacent Ports of Africa and South America, Black, Parbury and Allen, London, 1817: 1852 ~ p. 262
SOURCE for Nakheeloo
« … the information called for by Government on the 17th February 1854, regarding the principal estates within my political control. No mention is therein made of the ports on the Persian Coast between Bushire and Bunder Abbas given below. … Ports. | Tribes. | Names of Chiefs. Nakheeloo (with) dependency). | ….. | Ruled at present by a lady chief. » #2994 ed. Robert Hughes Thomas, Historical and Other Information Connected with Place in the Persian Gulf, government at the Bombay Education Society's Press, 1856 ~ p. 286
SOURCE for Nakhilū
« That is because it [Larak] is portless, and thus no large towns can be settled there; its residents would be exposed to great danger from the many Nautaque (71) or Nakhilū (72) corsairs from the coast of Persia and island of Qeshm, as well as from the rest of this Arabian Coast and sea, who regularly ply these waters in their terranquins, wreaking havoc on everything they come across.
fn. 71 Nautaque was the name given by the Portuguese to the Baloch inhabitants of the Makran Coast, Pakistan, between Jask and Gwadur; see Floor, Persian Gulf, 43–46.
fn. 72 The Nakhilū were Huwala, Sunni Arabs who relocated from Arabia to Persia; see Floor, Persian Gulf, 43–46.
» #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 271
« A few days after the bishop of Cyrene arrived in Hormuz from Persia, the captain was notified that several merchants from Nakhilū,(383) Basra, and Qatif were on their way to Hormuz with four or five terranquins full of merchandise and supplies, something they had done many times before.
fn. 383 Bandar-e Nakhilū; see p. 271 n. 11.
2651p494 » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 494
« But this sense of relief proved short lived, for six or seven days later the Persian fleet returned to their previous position, having burned and razed a small village a league from Julpha to the ground, killing fifty or sixty Arabs from Nakhilū (149) without attempting anything against Julpha itself.
fn. 149 Present-day Bandar-e Nakhilū.
» #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 744
SOURCE for Necchel
« When sailing from Bandar Abbas towards Basra, while hugging to the coastline, the next port you reached was Nakhilu. This is not just a geographical observation made for completeness sake, for merchants actually called on the port to do business. Newberie landed at Necchel [Nakhilu] during his voyage in the Persian Gulf in 1584. » #1812 ed. Dejanirah Couto and Rui M. Loureiro, Revisiting Hormuz: Portuguese Interactions in the Persian Gulf Region in the Early Modern Period, Harrassowitz, 2008, ~ p. 100
SOURCE for Nikilú
« Não ha muitos annos ~ue no estreito de Ormuz, em a costa da Arabia, houve dIssensões grandes entre duas linhagens de arabios, pescadores de aljofar, que em sua linguagem se chamam cabildas, nomeados uns Alimoeiros e outros Niquelús (1).
fn. 1 Os Alimoeiros conjecturo que serão os da aldeia Limah na costa arabica de Kalhat, ao sul do cabo Mesandan. A costa opposta do Laristan é habitada por diversas tribus de arabes, inüependentes, e sob seus respectivos cheiks. São quasi todos piratas, e vivem em pequenas aldeias na ourela do Golpho Persico. Uma destas é Nikilú, defronte da pequena ilha de Chituar e a poucas leguas de Lara. » [Not many years ago, in the Strait of Hormuz, on the coast of Arabia, there were big differences between two lineages of Arabs, fishermen of aljofar, which in their language are called cabildas, named as Alimoeiros and other Niquelús (1) fn. 1 The Alimoeiros I conjecture to be those of the Limah village on the Arabian coast of Kalhat, south of Cape Mesandan. The opposite coast of Laristan is inhabited by several tribes of Arabs, independent and under their respective sheiks. They are almost all pirates, and they live in small villages on the edge of the Persian Gulf. One of these is Nikilú, opposite the small island of Chituar and a few leagues from Lara.] #712 Francisco Rodrigues Silveira, ed. A. de Sousa Silva Costa Lobo, Memorias de um Soldado da India, Imprensa Nacional-Casa Da Moeda, Lisbon, 1877 ~ p. 45

R86-006 Casal, called Melgor
R86-006 Casal, called Melgor : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Bandar-e Charak , Band-e Charak , Charak , بند چارك , بندر چارک , چارک ,
VARIANT names: Casal, called Melgor , Charak , Charek , Charrak , Tchareh , Tcharek , Tsjærak ,
SOURCE for Casal, called Melgor
« The twelfth day in the morning, we came to a great Casal, called Melgor, where lyeth a Captaine called Shiagh: and here we remayned three dayes, and were in great danger of being taken slaves, but God kept us. This Casal lyeth betweene the Mountaines. The fourteenth day in the evening, wee left this wicked place, where I paid ten Larins for my part. The women here may throw their Dugs over their shoulders. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 458
[cannot confirm Melgor = Charak. PBR]
SOURCE for Charak
« One of the Shibkuh ports on the Persian Coast ; it is situated about 43 miles south-east of Shivuh and 34 miles west of Charak. Chiru has a fort and a large date-grove, and lies facing the east in a small bay formed by a low sandy projection running southwards from the main line of the Persian coast; the village is a mile north of the point of the promontory. » #660 Lorimer, John Gordon, Gazetteer of the Persian Gulf, Oman and Central Arabia, Superintendent Government Printing, India, 1915 ~ vol. 2 p. 355
SOURCE for Charek
« we arrived at Charek, another village inhabited chiefly by fishermen, and then struck inland in a northerly direction, following up a watercourse through the mountains. » #1754 Vaughan, H. B., Journeys in Persia (1890-91), The Geographical Journal, London, 1896 (Jan.), 7:1:24-41 ~ p. 24
SOURCE for Charrak
« … the information called for by Government on the 17th February 1854, regarding the principal estates within my political control. No mention is therein made of the ports on the Persian Coast between Bushire and Bunder Abbas given below. … Ports. | Tribes. | Names of Chiefs. Charrak (with dependencies). | ….. | Shaikh Hussein bin Abdoolla. » #2994 ed. Robert Hughes Thomas, Historical and Other Information Connected with Place in the Persian Gulf, government at the Bombay Education Society's Press, 1856 ~ p. 286
SOURCE for Tchareh
« Tchareh a 400 habitants cultivateurs, commerçants, pêcheurs de perles et de poissons. Bois, charbon, céréales. [Tchareh has 400 inhabitants, farmers, traders, fishermen of pearls and fish. Wood, coal, cereals.] » #3329 R. Vadala, Le Golfe Persique, Librairie Arthur Rousseau, 1920 ~ p. 87
SOURCE for Tcharek
#1839 Morgan, Jacques de, Mission scientifique en Perse Tome Second Études Géographiques, Ernest Leroux, Paris, 1895 vol. 2: ~ Fig. 140 – Tchârèk p. 297
« Tcharek » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 2 p. 490
SOURCE for Tsjærak
« Tsjarak » in {map#1035 Sinus Persici maximam partem ad observationes proprias A. MDCCLXV, Carsten Niebuhr, 1765, Bibliothèque nationale de France, département Philosophie, histoire, sciences de l'homme, 4-O2G-7 (A) Tab: XIX p. 340}
« Charrack (the Tsjærâk of Niebuhr) exists very nearly in the same site (145), and is still the residence of an Arab Sheik.
Fn. 145 There is just ground of suspicion that Charrack, Tsjarak, Sharak, Sarak, is actually Saraf, or Siraf. See the account of this town and its commerce in Renaudot and Harris ; and the circumstance of houses built with the bones of whales. Renaud. p. 95. Eng edit.» #852 Vincent, William, The commerce and navigation of the ancients in the Indian Ocean, T. Cadell jun. and W. Davies, London, 1807 ~ vol. 1 p. 852

R86-007 Casal, called Gesser
R86-007 Casal, called Gesser : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Bandar-e Moghuyeh , Moghuyeh , بندر مغویه , مغویه ,
VARIANT names: Bandar Mukhu , Bandar Muqam (Mughu) , Bandar-e Moghuyeh , Casal, called Gesser , Magoo , Mogbo , Moghou , Moghu , Moghunah , Mogo , Mogoo , Mogou , Mughu , Sidodone ,
SOURCE for Bandar Mukhu
« Bandar Mukhu » in {map#1135 U.S. Army Map Series K501: Iraq and Iran:, , , The University of Chicago fig. Fin G-40B 1941}
SOURCE for Bandar Muqam (Mughu)
« From Bandar Müqam (Mugh?) To Bastak. 663 miles. 4 stages. Authority. Vaughan, 1890. » #3113 Routes in Persia. vol. III, part I., Printed at the government monotype press, Simla, 1918 ~ p. 50
SOURCE for Bandar-e Moghuyeh
SOURCE for Casal, called Gesser
« The eighteenth day, we came to a Casal, called Gesser, and the same day from thence. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 458
SOURCE for Magoo
« Magoo » in {map#1153 Sketch map showing the Route taken from Bushire following the coast line to the Port of Lingah, WH Colvill, 1865, Royal Geographical Society, London: Map Room, Iran S. 121}
SOURCE for Mogbo
« and [arabic] Mogbo, belong to an independent Schech. » #2874 Carsten Niebuhr, Description de l'Arabie faite sur des observations propres et des avis recueillis dans les lieux mêmes, S. J. Baalde, Amsterdam, 1774 ~ p. 272
SOURCE for Moghou
« Moghou a 350 habitants marins, pêcheurs de perles, de poissons, cultivateurs. Poisson sec, céréales, bois de chauffage. [Moghou has 350 seafaring inhabitants, pearl fishermen, fishermen, farmers. Dried fish, cereals, firewood.] » #3329 R. Vadala, Le Golfe Persique, Librairie Arthur Rousseau, 1920 ~ p. 87
SOURCE for Moghu
« Moghu or Moghunah, is situated in the bay between Ras Bostonah and Ras Yarid on the Persian shore. Until the acquisition of Bassadore on the north-west extremity of the island of Kishm, Moghu was the station for the Indian Navy squadron. » #782 Low, Charles Rathbone, History of the Indian Navy (1613-1863), Richard Bentley and Son, 1877 ~ vol1 p. 333
SOURCE for Moghunah
SOURCE for Mogo
« Mogo » in {map#1035 Sinus Persici maximam partem ad observationes proprias A. MDCCLXV, Carsten Niebuhr, 1765, Bibliothèque nationale de France, département Philosophie, histoire, sciences de l'homme, 4-O2G-7 (A) Tab: XIX p. 340}
SOURCE for Mogoo
« … the information called for by Government on the 17th February 1854, regarding the principal estates within my political control. No mention is therein made of the ports on the Persian Coast between Bushire and Bunder Abbas given below. … Ports. | Tribes. | Names of Chiefs. Mogoo | Marazeek | Sultan bin Hoossein. » #2994 ed. Robert Hughes Thomas, Historical and Other Information Connected with Place in the Persian Gulf, government at the Bombay Education Society's Press, 1856 ~ p. 286
SOURCE for Mogou
« Mogou » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 2 vol. 2 p. 490
SOURCE for Mughu
« Mughu: see Bandar-e Moghūyeh[DESIG.] PPL [LAT.] 26°35'N [LONG.] 54°31'E [AREA] IR11 [UTM] BQ54 [JOG NO.] NG40-05 » #2938 Gazetteer of Iran Names Approved by the United States Board on Geographic Names, Defence Mapping Agency, Washington D. C., 2nd ed. 1984, ~ vol. K-Z p. 1171
« MUGHU BAY (B. A. Chart 2837-A). -The shore of Mughu Bay from Ras Bistana trends north-northwestward 7 miles, and then turns westward 7 miles to Ras Yarid; it is low and sandy, with a rocky beach near Ras Bistana, and the land rises gradually to the bases of Jabal Bistana and Jabal Yarid, between which and about 2.5 miles inland is precipitous broken ground. The shores appear to be fringed with shoal water, extending off from about 1,000 yards to 1 mile. » #2932 Sailing Directions for the Persian Gulf, Including the Gulf of Oman and the Mekrán Coast, Hydrographic Office, United States, 1931, ~ p. 248
« Mughu » in {map#1013 in #1693 Stein, Sir M. Aurel, Archaeological reconnaissances in north-western India and south-eastern Irān, Macmillan and Co., London, 1937 ~ fig. Section No. IV}
« Passing the villages of Bostaneh and Mughu, which latter used to be one of the stations of the East Indian Squadron, » #1754 Vaughan, H. B., Journeys in Persia (1890-91), The Geographical Journal, London, 1896 (Jan.), 7:1:24-41 ~ p. 24
« Mughu » in {map#632 Asia. Persian Gulf, Commander C G Constable and Lieutenant Arthur William Stiffe, 1860, British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/W/L/PS/10/457}
SOURCE for Sidodone
« In "Nearchus' Voyage" (Gronov. edition) Moghu is called Sidodone. » #782 Low, Charles Rathbone, History of the Indian Navy (1613-1863), Richard Bentley and Son, 1877 ~ vol1 p. 333

R86-008 Bender
R86-008 Bender : place IRN NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: -3055125 coordinate: lat 26.597753 long 54.936944 NIMA/GNS names: Bandar-e Gong , Bandar-e Kong , Kong , Kung , بندر گنگ , بندر کنگ , کنگ , VARIANT names: Bandar Kong , Bandar Kongo , Bandar-e Kung , Bandar-e-Cong, , Bander-Congo , Bander-e Kong , Bender , Bender-Kengo , Cong , Congo , Congo-Bunder , Congue , Kong , Koung , Kung , Kunj, Khunj , Kunk , Quongo , SOURCE for Bandar Kong « Os portugueses foram bem-sucedidos na resistência que opuseram às tropas de Sultan I, nas batalhas de 1660 e 1670 muito embora os custos das campanhas fossem muito elevados de acordo com o que vários nobres referiram nos seus relató rios ao Rei. Naquele período, o fluxo dos rendimentos da alfândega de Bandar Kong para a Fazenda do Estado contribuiu para dinamizar a economia portuguesa. [The Portuguese were successful in the resistance they put up to the troops of Sultan I, in the battles of 1660 and 1670, although the costs of the campaigns were very high, according to what several nobles mentioned in their reports to the King. In that period, the flow of income from the Bandar Kong customs house to the State Treasury contributed to boosting the Portuguese economy.] » #2538 Ibrahim Yahya Zahran Al-Busaidi, Thesis:Oman e Portugal (1650-1730): política e economia, Repositório da Universidade de Lisboa, Lisboa, 2010, ~ abt. p. 144 SOURCE for Bandar Kongo « Congo: Bandar Kong, porto persa junto do estreito de Ormuz, no Golfo Arábico. » #2538 Ibrahim Yahya Zahran Al-Busaidi, Thesis:Oman e Portugal (1650-1730): política e economia, Repositório da Universidade de Lisboa, Lisboa, 2010 ~ Anexo III: Glossá Rio Toponímico SOURCE for Bandar-e Kung « These notably include Bandar-e Kung (aka Kunj, Khunj. Cong, Congo). a small settlement just outside Lengeh. which had recenlly been reduced to half its formcr size at the time Lorimer was writing (Lorimer 1908: 1041 ). Kung seems to have been particularly susceptible to fluctuations in population: nearly a hundred years earlier i( was described by Captain Brucks as "now in ruins, but ... formerly a flouri shing place" (Hughes Thomas 1985: 601 ); Slot (1993: 23) attributes its decline to a series of Omani raids in the late 17th/early l8th century , and says it was completely ruined by 1756. » #2817 Robert Carter, The History and Prehistory of Pearling in the Persian Gulf, Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient, 2005 vol. 48:no. 2:pp. 139-209 ~ p. 179 SOURCE for Bandar-e-Cong, « know that in those days the for-tress of Hormuz, as well as the fortresses Larak and Bandar-e-Cong, on thePersian side of the strait, were controlled by the Portuguese. » #3224 Margherita Farina, Giovanni Battista Raimondi's Travel in the Middle East: A Case of Sixteenth-Century Portuguese-Italian Interference, Oriente Moderno, NUOVA SERIE, ~ p. 55 SOURCE for Bander-Congo « In queſto Caſale venero all'incõtro del P.Franceſco, Giuſeppe Pereira d'Azevedo Soprantendente dell' Azienda Reale del Re di Portogallo; il Fatto- re, e lo Scrivano della medefima, com molti loro fervidori a cavallo. In com- pagnia di coſtoro giugnemmo dopo ſette miglia in Bander-Congo, e deſinammo unitamente tutti nel Convento de' Padri A goſtiniani, dove alloggiammo. [In this Caſale they met Father Francesco, Giuſeppe Pereira d'Azevedo Superintendent of the Royal Company of the King of Portugal; the Factor, and the Scribe of the same company, with many of their fervors on horseback. In the company of them we arrived after seven miles in Bander-Congo, and we all gathered together in the Convent of the Goſtinian Fathers, where we lodged.] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p. 278 SOURCE for Bander-e Kong « On the 18th the Oliviera came close to us with a west wind, and the lead ship anchored at the 22nd hour in the port. It saluted the fort with three shots and was answered by an equal number. ... we turned toward the sea to await the Oliviera, which was still far away. Together with her, we dropped anchor in port [at Bander-e Kong] at sunset. ... On the morning of the 19th [of May, 1674] I debarked with all my things after having taken leave of that captain and thanked him as was proper. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ pp. 286-7 SOURCE for Bender « The nineteenth day, wee lodged at Bender. The twentieth, wee departed from Bender, » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 458 SOURCE for Bender-Kengo «Bender-Kengo (1) f. n. 1 Résidence d'un cheykh nommé Alfan, dépendant du khan de Lâr, ainsi que celui de Bender-Nakhilou. [fn. 1 Residence of a sheikh named Alfan, dependent on the khan of Lar, as well as that of Bender-Nakhilou.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 2 p. 490 SOURCE for Cong « CONGO-BUNDER, CONG, n.p. Kung bandar; a port formerly of some consequence and trade, on the north shore of the Persian Gulf, about 100 m. west of Gombroon. The Portuguese had a factory here for a good many years after their expulsion from Ormus, and under treaty with Persia, made in 1625, had a right of pearl-fishing at Bahrein and a claim to half of the customs of Cong. » #379 Yule, Henry and Burnell A. C., Hobson-Jobson, The Anglo-Indian Dictionary, Wordsworth Editions Ltd, Ware, Hertfordshire, 1996, ~ p. 246 SOURCE for Congo « Congo: Bandar Kong, porto persa junto do estreito de Ormuz, no Golfo Arábico. » #2538 Ibrahim Yahya Zahran Al-Busaidi, Thesis:Oman e Portugal (1650-1730): política e economia, Repositório da Universidade de Lisboa, Lisboa, 2010 ~ Anexo III: Glossá Rio Toponímico « Das igrejas de Congo, Soar, Curiate e Dobba. Na dependencia do convento de Aspão, no porto do Congo, aonde o Estado da India tinha huma feitoria, tinha- mos huma igreja com o titulo de N. Senhora da Assum- pção, cujo parroco era subdito do convento de Aspão, e sustentado a custa da real Fazenda para administrar os sacramentos ao feitor, officiaes, e mais servidores da dita feitoria, e mais moradores do porto. » [From the churches of Congo, Soar, Curiate and Dobba. In the dependency of the convent of Aspão, in the port of Congo, where the Estado da India had a trading post, we had a church with the title of N. Senhora da Assumpção, whose parish priest was a subject of the convent of Aspão, and supported the at the expense of the royal Treasury to administer the sacraments to the factor, officials, and other servants of the said factory, and more residents of the port.] #2857 ed. Silva Rego, A. da, Documentação para a História das Missões do Padroado Português do Oriente – Índia, Agência Geral das Ultramar, Lisboa, 1955 ~ vol. 11 p. 209 « At Congo, Joseph Pereira d'Azevedo was superintendent of the royal Portuguese agency; they lodged at the convent of the Augustins. The Portuguese received an annual tribute of five horses and 1100 tománs (about £500), by a convention made after the Persians had taken Ormus, because the Portuguese troubled with their vessels the navigation of the whole gulf, which lessened the customs (of Persia); and, besides, they had the great tion privilege of having a house, hoisting their flag, and jurisdiction over all Christians landing. » #570 Stiffe, A. W., Former Trading Centres of the Persian Gulf. V. Kung, The Geographical Journal, London, 1899 (Mar.), 13:3:294-7 ~ p. 296 SOURCE for Congo-Bunder « CONGO-BUNDER, CONG, n.p. Kung bandar; a port formerly of some consequence and trade, on the north shore of the Persian Gulf, about 100 m. west of Gombroon. The Portuguese had a factory here for a good many years after their expulsion from Ormus, and under treaty with Persia, made in 1625, had a right of pearl-fishing at Bahrein and a claim to half of the customs of Cong. » #379 Yule, Henry and Burnell A. C., Hobson-Jobson, The Anglo-Indian Dictionary, Wordsworth Editions Ltd, Ware, Hertfordshire, 1996, ~ p. 246 SOURCE for Congue « 1653.—“Congue est vne petite ville fort agreable sur le sein Persique à trois journées du Bandar Abbassi tirant à l’Ouest dominée par le Schah … les Portugais y ont vn Feitour. » #379 Yule, Henry and Burnell A. C., Hobson-Jobson, The Anglo-Indian Dictionary, Wordsworth Editions Ltd, Ware, Hertfordshire, 1996 ~ p. 246 SOURCE for Kong « Os navios omanitas que faziam comércio com os portugueses oucom os portos que a eles pertencessem deveriam levar mapas doporto de Kong sob pena de virem a ser apreendidos. [Omani ships that traded with the Portuguese orwith the ports that belonged to them should carry maps of the port of Kong under penalty of being seized.] » #2538 Ibrahim Yahya Zahran Al-Busaidi, Thesis:Oman e Portugal (1650-1730): política e economia, Repositório da Universidade de Lisboa, Lisboa, 2010, ~ abt. p. 164 « Kong, en effet, jusqu'alors hâvre obscur, fut élevé par l'accord luso-persan au rang de ces ports de com- merce internationaux et «internationalisés» de l'Océan Indien dont le statut juridique mériterait une étude comparative (3).fn. 3 Cf. déjà diverses notations dans C. H. ALEXANDROWICZ, An Introduction to the history of the Law of Nations in the East Indies (16th, 17th and 18th centuries), Oxford 1967. Pour l'époque antérieure à la présence européenne, l'essai très contestable de ANTHONY LEEDS, The port-of-trade in pre-European India as an ecological and evolutionmary type, dans VIOLA E, GARFIELD éd., Proceedings of the 1961 Annual Spring Meeting of the American Ethnological Society, Seattle 1961, p. 26-48. [ Kong, in fact, until then an obscure haven, was elevated by the Luso-Persian agreement to the rank of these international and “internationalized” trading ports of the Indian Ocean whose legal status deserves a comparative study (3) fn. 3 Cf. already various notations in C. H. ALEXANDROWICZ, An Introduction to the history of the Law of Nations in the East Indies (16th, 17th and 18th centuries), Oxford 1967. For the period prior to the European presence, the very questionable essay by ANTHONY LEEDS, The port-of-trade in pre-European India as an ecological and evolutionmary type, in VIOLA E, GARFIELD ed., Proceedings of the 1961 Annual Spring Meeting of the American Ethnological Society, Seattle 1961, p . 26-48. ] » #3250 Aubin, Jean, L’ Ambassade de Gregório Pereira Fidalgo à la Cour de Châh Soltân-Hosseyn 1696-169, Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, Lisboa, 1971 ~ p. 11 Cultural Landscape of Kong Historic Port [accessed 28 Mar 2024] SOURCE for Koung « Koung » in {map#1255 Carte de la Perse, de la Turquie d'Asie et d'une partie de la Tartarie Indépendante / dressée par P. Lapie... ; gravée par Blondeau..., , 1810, Bibliothèque nationale de France, département Cartes et plans, GE C-10435} « Koung » in {map#1253 Carte de la Perse, de la Turquie d'Asie et d'une partie de la Tartarie Indépendante / Dressée par P. Lapie, ... pour les Voyages de Chardin ; Gravée par Blondeau, ..., , 1810, } SOURCE for Kung « The Persians also seized Khor Fakkan from the Portuguese in 1622, but their success was short-lived. In 1623 Ruy Freire de Andrade ejected the Persians from Khor Fakkan though he was himself shortly afterwards displaced by an Arab force under the first imam of the Ya'ruba dynasty in Oman, Nasir ibn Murshid. In 1631 the Portuguese built a fort at Julfar, having apparently regained this port with a view to mounting an attack on Hormuz from it. The Portuguese also had minor forts at Kalba and Dibbah. » #6 Hawley, Donald, The Trucial States, Allen and Unwin, London, 1970 ~ p. 75 « The next major scare was in June 1669 when, after an Omani attack on the Portuguese at Kung, their fleet arrived at Gombroon in search of Portuguese refugees. Being assured there were none there they set sail again, but the Shah, expecting an attack on Kung, ordered the island fortresses and garrisons to be put into a state of readiness. (2) The threat was removed by a Portuguese victory in a naval battle off Kung and the subsequent blockading tactics which led to de Mollo's truce at Suhar in 1672 (sec p. 128 above). There was a lull of twenty years before the next outrage in the Gulf. In the middle of January, 1695, five Omani ships carrying 1,500 men took advantage of the absence of the Portuguese fleet to attack Kung. A (richly laden Armenian ship at anchor was captured and the town plundered. The value of the booty taken was some 60,000 tomans (£200,000 at that time), (1) Shortly afterwards the Omani attack on Mangalore took place, and with these two raids, in the space of two or three months, the Imam Sayf had stirred up violent hostility in the Persians, Portuguese, French and English. fn.1. O.C.2560, Letter Isfahan to Company 28 August 1656. fn. 2. F.R.Surat, CV, p.118, Letter Gembroon to Surat 10 Apr 1669. » #2816 Bathurst, Raymond Denis, The Ya’rubi dynasty of Oman, (unpublished thesis), University of Oxford, 1967 ~ pp. 193-4 SOURCE for Kunj, Khunj « These notably include Bandar-e Kung (aka Kunj, Khunj. Cong, Congo). a small settlement just outside Lengeh. which had recenlly been reduced to half its formcr size at the time Lorimer was writing (Lorimer 1908: 1041 ). Kung seems to have been particularly susceptible to fluctuations in population: nearly a hundred years earlier i( was described by Captain Brucks as "now in ruins, but ... formerly a flouri shing place" (Hughes Thomas 1985: 601 ); Slot (1993: 23) attributes its decline to a series of Omani raids in the late 17th/early l8th century , and says it was completely ruined by 1756. » #2817 Robert Carter, The History and Prehistory of Pearling in the Persian Gulf, Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient, 2005 vol. 48:no. 2:pp. 139-209 ~ p. 179 « Omani- Portuguese conflict continued at sea, with constant sea battles. In 1719, a Portuguese fleet took on the Omani fleet off Kunj. The Omanis lost five hundred men and were forced back into Julfar to wait for reinforcements from Mascat (Bathurst 1967; 212). » #2813 William Lancaster, Fidelity Lancaster, Honour is in Contentment Life Before Oil in Ras Al-Khaimah (UAE) and Some Neighbouring Regions, De Gruyter, Berlin ; Boston, 2011 ~ p. 477 SOURCE for Kunk « Kunk » in {map#1035 Sinus Persici maximam partem ad observationes proprias A. MDCCLXV, Carsten Niebuhr, 1765, Bibliothèque nationale de France, département Philosophie, histoire, sciences de l'homme, 4-O2G-7 (A) Tab: XIX p. 340} « . Here are the ports which belong to these Arabs and which make me known: [arabic] Kunk, [arabic] Lundsje, [arabic] and Rás Hati » #2874 Carsten Niebuhr, Description de l'Arabie faite sur des observations propres et des avis recueillis dans les lieux mêmes, S. J. Baalde, Amsterdam, 1774 ~ p. 272 SOURCE for Quongo « (12) Je serais tenté d ' i dentifier Quongo avec Khargun, dans le territoire de Minab. » #233 Faroughy, Abbas, Histoire du Royaume de Hormuz depuis son origine jusqu'a son incorporation dans l'empire persan des Safavis en 1622, Bruxelles, 1949 ~ p. 13 fn. 12

R86-009 land, called Left.
R86-009 land, called Left. : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Bandar-e Laft , Laft , Laft-e Now , Yaft , بندر لافت , لافت , لافت نو , يافت ,
VARIANT names: Bandar-e Laft , Lafat , Lafate , Laft , Lafte , land, called Left. , Lapht , Laphta , Leftatic , Luft ,
SOURCE for Bandar-e Laft
SOURCE for Lafat
LAFAT, ilha-Nome dado no século XVIII, segundo o Dr. Mansell L. Dames, à ilha Kishm ou Jezirat at Tawila, em 26° 47' lat. N. e 55° 57' long. E., à entrada do golfo Pérsico. [LAFAT, island-name given in the 18th century, according to Dr. Mansell L. Dames, to Kishm Island or Jezirat at Tawila, at 26° 47' lat. N. and 55° 57' long. E., at the entrance to the Persian Gulf.] #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953 ~ vol. D-N p. 176
SOURCE for Lafate
LAFATE, lugar de-Laft, em 26° 53' lat. N. e 55° 46' long. E., na costa oci- dental da ilha Kishm ou Jezirat at Tawila, à entrada do golfo Pérsico. [LAFATE, place de-Laft, at 26° 53' lat. N. and 55° 46' long. E., on the west coast of the island of Kishm or Jezirat at Tawila, at the entrance to the Persian Gulf.] #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953 ~ vol. D-N p. 176
SOURCE for Laft
« Laft, when in the possession of the Juwásimi* pirates, was a place of considerable strength, to which they resorted, and the tortuous nature of the channel and numerous shoals (then un- known) in Clarence's Straits rendered it very difficult to follow them. During the expedition under Colonel Smith and Captain Wainwright in 1809, these Arabs beat back, with considerable loss, a storming party, but surrendered when the vessels came close in, and had battered their walls. The town is at present in a miserable state, built on the slope of a hill on the northern side of the island and surrounded by a wall. fn. * Jawáthimí, or Jawásimí, i. e., belonging to the Jawásim or Jasúms, the aboriginal natives of the country. » #1128 Whitelock, Lieut. H. H., Descriptive Sketch of the Islands and Coast at the entrance of the Persian Gulf, Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, London, 1838 ~ p. 178
SOURCE for Lafte
LAFTE, porto de - V. Lafale, lugar de. [LAFTE, port of - V. Lafale, place of.] #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953 ~ vol. D-N p. 177
SOURCE for land, called Left.
« The twentieth, wee departed from Bender, and the same evening came at an Iland, called Left. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 458
SOURCE for Lapht
« The Iſle of Queixome, or Queixume, or Quezeme, otherwife called Kechmiche, and by the Inhabitants Brokt, lies clofe to the Continent of Perfia, being feparated from it only by a fmall branch of the Sea: It has about two Leagues in Circuit, and is three Leagues diftant from Ormus. Its two chief Places are Arbez and Homeal, where the King of Ormus at the time when Albuquerque firit appeared hereabouts, had ftrong Garrifons. The other Places of Note are, Lapht, the beſt Harbours of this Ifland, Darbaga not far from the Lapht, Chau, and Sirmion or Sermion. It bears plenty of Corn, but efpecially Barly, without which, the Inhabitants of Ormus, who are fupplied from hence with it for their Horfes, could Scarce fubfift there. Here is alfo a moft Excellent Spring of Freſh Water; to fecure which, the Perfians had Erected a Fort hard by, for fear of the Portugueſes, who were then as yet Mafters of Ormus. » #1933 Nieuhof, Johannes, Voyages and travels, into Brasil, and the East-Indies: containing, an exact description of the Dutch Brasil, and divers parts of the East-Indies; … ~ p. 244
« It has several ports within and without, but mostly very shallow. The best within are Dargahon, Lapht, Chau, and Sermion.(4) The point of Queixome on the outside (6) has plenty of palm orchards, gardens, and wells of good water; whence Harmuz is cemmonly provided, though not thence alone.
There also are Karuez and Angan,(6) which last, a little distinct island used as a port, forms in its sound a very safe haven, fit to hold many and very great ships. This isle (Queixome) is very fertile
fn. 4 The three first are on our charts yet. Sermion must have been where our own queer little possession of Basidu or Bassadore now exists.
fn. 5 Extant and prosperous, on the E. point of the isle.
fn. 6 Karvez is not now identifiable; Angan is Henjam Island. » #258 Teixeira, Pedro, The Travels of Pedro Teixeira; with his Kings of Harmuz, and extracts from his Kings of Persia. Translated and annotated by W. F. Sinclair ... With further notes and an introduction by D. Ferguson., Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1902:1991 ~ p.19
« LAPHT, lugar de - V. Lafate, lugar de. [LAPHT, place of - V. Lafate, place of.] » #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953 ~ vol. D-N p. 183
SOURCE for Laphta
LAPHTA, lugar de-v. Lafate, lugar de. [Diogo do Couto-Da Asia]. [LAPHTA, place of-v. Lafate, place of. [Diogo do Couto-Da Asia].] #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953 ~ vol. D-N p. 183
SOURCE for Leftatic
« we cast anchor in the water and stopped our boat near a farmhouse called Leftatic, (483) habitation of our sailors, who presented very good melons and watermelons and we found there a large quantity of hens and kids and at good prices. market, so that there we were very well treated. Then the sailors came to the vessel, first they supplied the vessel with water and then at 11 pm we left with a sirocco breeze and went by master to get out of the canal, (484) from which, having come out, we passed between two very narrow mountains and dangerous because of the shoals made by the stones that fell from them; and therefore our sailors always sailed with soundings in hand and other very long poles.
fn. 483. Possibly the point of Laft Kadim in Clarence Strait, near which they are found fishing villages. On the map by Diego Ribero of 1529 (reproduced in BARBOSA, op. cit., vol. I) the locality of Lefete is marked at about this height. » #1572 Pinto, Olga, Viaggi d i C. Federici e G. Balbi alle Indie Orientali, Istituto Poligrafico Dello Stato, Rome, 1962 ~ p. 117
SOURCE for Luft
Luft and fort symbol in {map#1040 Trigonometrical Survey of Clarence’s Strait, Gulf of Persia, Commr. G.B. Brucks and Lieutt. S.B. Haines. H.C. Marine, 1828, British Library: Map Collections, IOR/X/3630/28/2, in Qatar Digital Library} Sheet 1
« "I then despatched the cruisers Ternate and Nautilus to the eastward of Kishma, to prevent the escape of the Luft pirates, while I entered the channel between that island and the main at the western end; but having got the ship I command aground in endeavouring to work through it, as I had no pilot acquainted with the navigation, and as I found the channel was too intricate to pass without buoying the shoals, which would have taken up too much time, I determined to proceed to Luft by the eastern channel, leaving the cruiser Vestal to guard the western end of Kishma. His Majesty's ship Caroline had been previously detached to Burka road with the heavy transports. "On the 24th, the Ternate and Nautilus joined; and having procured pilots at Kishern, I proceeded up the channel in H. M. ship under my command, with the ships and vessels named in the margin, and arrived off the town of Luft on the 26th at noon. Twenty-four hours having been expended in fruitless negociation with the chief Moola Hussum, the Ter nate, Nautilus, and Fury were anchored off the town, and the troops, pre- ceded by the gun-boats, approached to the attack, which commenced at two o'clock in the afternoon of the 27th. "The enemy made no resistance until the troops came close to the very strong fort, and attempted to force the gate; he then commenced a fire, I am sorry to say, most destructive, as your Excellency will see by the accompanying return, added to that of Lieutenant-Colonel Smith to the government. The piratical vessels, eleven in number, 3 of them very large down, were in the mean time burnt by the seamen; and the gun- boats and the cruiser Fury, which being of light draught of water, had been towed within musket-shot of the fort, kept up a ruinous fire, which very much shattered it by sun-set: the Sheik then consented to yield up the place on the following day to the English, on the part of the Imaun of Muscat, together with all the property in it belonging to his Highness's subjects; this was accordingly carried into effect, the Sheik departing after Lieutenant-Colonel Smith and myself had guaranteed his personal safety. "The fort having been delivered in trust for the Imaun to Sheik Dewish, the head of the Benismain, a tribe of Arabs who have always been firmly attached to his Highness, I sailed next morning in la Chiffonne, leaving the Mornington to bring on the cruisers and the transport to Burka, off which place I anchored this day +. "The loss of the enemy has been very great; he acknowledged to upwards of 50, independent of those who were killed in the towers adjacent to the fort, and driven over precipices to the eastward thereof." » #2905 John Marshall, Royal naval biography; or, Memoirs of the services of all the flag-officers, superannuated rear …, Longmam, Rees, Orme Brown and Green, London, 1829 ~ pp.89-90

R86-008a Iland, called Bassedor
R86-008a Iland, called Bassedor : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Basa`idow , Basa`idu , Basidu , باسعيدو ,
VARIANT names: Bacido , Basidóh , Basidu , Basitou , Bassadore , Iland, called Bassedor ,
SOURCE for Bacido
« Bacido » in {map#990 Golfe Persique. Dresse en 1758 et publie en 76, Anville, Jean Baptiste Bourguignon, 1776, David Rumsey Map Collection list no: 2603.025} see AHduGP map 75
« et qui connoiffoit le golfe Perfique pour y avoir navigué, que vers la pointe de Kefem ou Kifmis, et un peu en dedans du canal qui fe termine à Ser-Mion, … établi aux environs de cette ville; et dans Pietro-della-Valle, qui étoit en Perfe peu d'années après, il eft mention d'un Arabe des environs de Mafcate, également diftingué par le nom de Raffet. La ville dont je viens de parler fe nomme Bacido: [and who knew the Persian Gulf from having sailed there, only towards the point of Kefem or Kifmis, and a little inside the channel which ends at Ser-Mion, … established in the vicinity of this city; and in Pietro-della-Valle, which was in Perfe a few years later, there is mention of an Arab from the vicinity of Mafcate, also distinguished by the name of Raffet. The city of which I have just spoken is called Bacido:] » #2907 M. d'Anville, Recherches ge´ographiques sur le golfe Persique, et sur les bouches de l'Euphrate et du Tigre. In Mémoires de Littérature, Tirés des Registres de l'Académie Royale des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres, Tome Trentième., De l'imprimerie Royale, Paris, 1764 pp. 132-197 ~ pp. 151-2
SOURCE for Basidóh
« Abreast of Básidóh* the height of the coast range was ascer-tained, by trigonometrical measurement, to be 3498 feet above the level of the sea. Although the ascent is very laborious and difficult, it has been accomplished by several of our officers. Crossing over the maritime plain, which is here not more than three miles and a half in breadth, they found at the foot of the hills a mineral spring, the waters of which are highly beneficial for cutaneous eruptions. as well as rheumatism. scurvy, etc.
Fn. * Or Básidó, as Niebuhr spells it (p. 329), is probably a corruption of the Portu-guese Buxador for Embaxador. » #1128 Whitelock, Lieut. H. H., Descriptive Sketch of the Islands and Coast at the entrance of the Persian Gulf, Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, London, 1838 ~ p. 176
SOURCE for Basidu
« BASIDU. Anglice “ Bassadore,” a British station situated on the westernmost point, similarly named, of Qishm Island and about 25 miles east by north of Lingeh Town. It includes a native village called Bandar Singau about 1 mile to eastward of the remains of the principal settlement described- below. The village of Nakhlistan, mentioned in the article on Qishm Island, lies just outside the station and to the east of it. » #660 Lorimer, John Gordon, Gazetteer of the Persian Gulf, Oman and Central Arabia, Superintendent Government Printing, India, 1915 ~ vol. 2 p. 267
« Basidur, (477) Iersal (478) e Cerbil (479)
fn. 477. Errato per Basidu; cf. n. 475.
fn. 478. Località non identificata nell'isola di Qishm (cf. G. N. CURZON, Persia, London 1892, II, pp. 410-13).
fn. 479. Non identificato. » #1572 Pinto, Olga, Viaggi d i C. Federici e G. Balbi alle Indie Orientali, Istituto Poligrafico Dello Stato, Rome, 1962 ~ p. 117
SOURCE for Basitou
« Basitou » in {map#980 Plan particulier du golfe de Perse, depuis les caps de Rosalgatte et de Jasque, jusqu'à Bassora / [d'Après de Mannevillette] ; Dheulland sculp, Anonyme, Guillaume Dheulland, Graveur, 1700-1799, Bibliothèque nationale de France, département Cartes et plans, GE DD-2987 (6746)} see AHduGP map 74
SOURCE for Bassadore
« Moghu or Moghunah, is situated in the bay between Ras Bostonah and Ras Yarid on the Persian shore. Until the acquisition of Bassadore on the north-west extremity of the island of Kishm, Moghu was the station for the Indian Navy squadron. » #782 Low, Charles Rathbone, History of the Indian Navy (1613-1863), Richard Bentley and Son, 1877 ~ vol1 p. 333
SOURCE for Iland, called Bassedor
« The twentieth, wee departed from Bender, and the same evening came at an Iland, called Left. And right over against Bender, lyeth an Iland, called Bassedor; and these two Ilands are under the Portugals. And Gesser and Bender, which are on the mayne Land, are under Abrehem Can, and sometimes were under the King of Ormuz. The one and twentieth day, I went on Land on the Ile of Left: and here the women weare Iron hoopes, and a number of other things about their Necks, Legs, and Armes. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 458-9

R86-010 Ormuz
R86-010 Ormuz : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: ISL UFI: -3066732 coordinate: lat 27.0649 long 56.4644
NIMA/GNS names: Hormoz , Hormuz Island , Jazireh Hormoz , Jazireh-ye Hormoz , Jezirat Hormuz , Ormuz Island , جزيره هرمز , جزيره هرمز , هرمز ,
VARIANT names: Aramuz , Djaroun , Djarun , Gerun , Gyrina , Hormuz (island) , Hu-lu-mo-ssu , I. Dormus , Jerun , Lu-i-hu-mo-ssu , Nekrokis , New Hurmuz Jarawn , Organa , Ormuz , Ormvs, Ormus , Turgana , Y daramuz ,
SOURCE for Aramuz
« Aramuz, Y daramuz, ormuz [Portuguese name] Hurmuz [Arab name] » #32 Tibbetts, G. R., Arabia in the Fifteenth-Century Navigational Texts, Arabian Studies, London and Basingstoke, 1974 ~ p. 100
SOURCE for Djaroun
« "Ormuz a deux ports, au levant et au ponant, très bons", signale Martín Fernández de Figueroa (25). Les petites embarcations font la navette entre le rivage et les gros navires (26), que la faible profondeur des eaux empêche d'aborder à quai. La qualité des mouillages, sans doute, avait décidé les émigrants du Vieil-Ormuz à choisir la pointe nord de Djaroun pour leur nouvel établissement. Tomé Pires l'affirme sans ambages : "cette ville s'est fondée à cause du port" (27). Et Pero de Albuquerque exposait à D. Manuel : "La région n'a pas d'autre échelle qui ait un si bon port pour les gros bâtiments (naos) et si près de la terre ferme." (28) Libre de constructions, le bout extrême de la pointe, appelé par les Comentários "pointe de Morona" (29), est bordé au sud par la résidence des rois d’Ormuz, palais fortifié offrant l’aspect massif qu’on voit de nos jours encore aux demeures des cheykhs arabes du Golfe Persique ou de l’Arabie méridionale.
fn. 25 Augur, p. 86: Barbosa, I, p. 92; Brás, 1/37, p. 138; Tenreiro, p. 4, d'où Cast., II/58, p. 337, d'où Góis, II/32, p. 107. En 1582 encore, of. Livro das cidades, p. 50; dans les années 1820, Whitelock, p. 171.
fn. 26 Cf. Titolo das remdas.
fn. 27 Pires, p. 337/20 ( por rezam do porto se fumdou esta cidade). Les textes les plus explicites qui mentionnent le transfert, - en 1300, à cause du péril représenté par les Mongols Qaraunas, -disent seulement que le régent Ayaz se réfugia d'abord à Qishm, puis à Djaroun, où il avait déjà trouvé asile quelques années auparavant (ef. Aubin, Princes, p. 94-95). On peut se demander si l'ensablement de la rivière de Minäb n'incitait pas, autant que les raids mongols, à abandonner le site du Vieil-Ormuz. Au début du XVIe siècle, en tout cas, le littoral iranien a trop peu de fond pour que les naos puissent y aborder (Correia, II, p. 815). Cf. Whitelock, p. 172; Figueroa, infra n. 180.
fn. 29 Brás, 1/37, p. 138. Selon un reportage sur Ormuz paru dans le journal iranien Ettelädt (édition pour l'étranger, nº 5310 du 22 mordåd 1346/13 août 1967, p. 3), le toponyme (notée Marnas/Mur(.)na) serait encore vivant. » #898 Aubin, Jean, Le royaume d'Ormuz au début du XVIe siècle, Mare Luso-Indicum, Geneva, 1973 ~ p.86
SOURCE for Djarun
« A few years after Marco Polo's second visit, repeated raids by marauding tribes became so serious that Kutb al-Din Tahamtan the King of Hormuz, in 700/1300, abandoned the site and moved all the inhabitants and their possessions to the small island of Djarun, 60 km to the west and 6 km south of the nearest point on the mainland. » #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 3 p. 585
« The name Djarun was transferred to the small town and port of Suru or Shahru on the mainland 17 km to the north-west, where goods in transit to or from Hormuz were transhipped; this name became corrupted to Gamru and was further corrupted by Europeans into Gambrun, Gombrun and Gombroon. » #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 3 p. 585
SOURCE for Gerun
« Hormuz was originally on the main-land where Gamrfm now stands. Its inhabitants were transferred to the island till then called Jerún or Gerún - the Gyrina of Strabo (xvi.); so that Gyrina. is probably the true reading in Arrian. (lnd., p.352.) » #253 Kempthorne, Lieut. G.B., Notes on a Survey along the Eastern Shores of the Persian Gulf in 1828, Royal Geographical Society, 1835 p.276
SOURCE for Gyrina
SOURCE for Hormuz (island)
owtrad web file OWTRAD Dataset tmcIRa0100 last updated 3may01 gives « Hormuz, 56.417, 27.083, IR, nkn, exact, 63, tmcIRa0100_043a »
#1839 Morgan, Jacques de, Mission scientifique en Perse Tome Second Études Géographiques, Ernest Leroux, Paris, 1895 vol. 2: ~ Fig. 136. Djézirèt Hormüz p. 289
« from Lar to Bandar (28). And that is where the harbour of Hormuz (29) is, fn. 28 By "Bandar" (lit., harbour) Nikitin means Old Hormuz (see next note).fn. 29 Hormuz is an island and old seaport in the Persian Gulf. Old Hormuz stood on the coast. » #623 Nikitin, Athanasy, Khozhenie za tri moria Afanasiia Nikitina, 1466-1472 gg. (Afansy Nikitin's Voyage beyond the Three Seas, 1466-1472), Moskva, 1960, ~ p. 109
SOURCE for Hu-lu-mo-ssu
#329 Ma Huan, Ying-Yai Sheng-Lan, The Overall Survey of the Ocean's Shores 1433, Cambridge University Press for the Hakluyt Society, Cambridge, 1970 p. 165
SOURCE for I. Dormus
« I. Dormus » in {map#980 Plan particulier du golfe de Perse, depuis les caps de Rosalgatte et de Jasque, jusqu'à Bassora / [d'Après de Mannevillette] ; Dheulland sculp, Anonyme, Guillaume Dheulland, Graveur, 1700-1799, Bibliothèque nationale de France, département Cartes et plans, GE DD-2987 (6746)} see AHduGP map 74
SOURCE for Jerun
SOURCE for Lu-i-hu-mo-ssu
« The second character is really a fish-hook indicating that the characters lu and hu have been wrongly transposed. » author's notes #329 Ma Huan, Ying-Yai Sheng-Lan, The Overall Survey of the Ocean's Shores 1433, Cambridge University Press for the Hakluyt Society, Cambridge, 1970 p. 17
SOURCE for Nekrokis
« Nekrokis perhaps Ormuz » #239 Purchas, Purchas, his pilgrims in five books, William Heinemann Ltd, London, 1625
SOURCE for New Hurmuz Jarawn
« Opposite it in the sea is New Hurmuz, and be- tween them is a sea passage of three farsakhs. We came to New Hurmuz, which is an island whose city is called Jarawn. (118) fn. 118 New Hurmuz was founded on the island of Jarūn by Ayaz (see above, p. 396, n. 100) shortly after 1300 (Schwarz, III, 242, 245). According to Mustawfi (177) the ferry-port for Jarün on the mainland was called Tüsar. The island is actually about six miles long. » #357 Ibn Baṭu¯ṭah, Muh?ammad ibn ʿAbd Alla¯h, The Travels of Ibn Battuta translated with revisions and notes, from the Arabic text edited by C. Defre´mery and B. R. Sanguinetti, by H. A. R. Gibb., Hakluyt Society:Munshiram Manohardal Publishers Pvt Ltd, Cambridge:New Delhi, 1958- :1993, ~ vol. 2 p. 400
SOURCE for Organa
« The barren island was called Organa, which is the far-famed Island of Ormuz, situated at the entrance of the gulf, about ten miles from the Persian coast and about fifteen miles in circumference. » #253 Kempthorne, Lieut. G.B., Notes on a Survey along the Eastern Shores of the Persian Gulf in 1828, Royal Geographical Society, 1835 p.274
SOURCE for Ormuz
« out and went to the port where they disembarked, and arrived at Ormuz to greet them. » #2516 Afonso de Albuquerque, ed.Raymundo Antonio de Bulhão Pato, Henrique Lopes de Mendonça, Cartas de Affonso de Albuquerque, seguidas de documentos que as elucidam, Academia Real Das Sciencias de Lisboa, 1884, 1898 ~ vol. 2 p. 250
SOURCE for Ormvs, Ormus
« Ormvs » in #1644 Livro de Lisuarte de Abreu, Comissão Nacional para as Comemorações dos Descobrimentos Portugueses, Lisboa, 1992 ~ illustration f.83v-84, bottom right of latter folio
« The two and twentieth day of June, 1581. I arrived at Ormuz, and presently was carried before the Captaine, whose name was Don Gonsalvo. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 459
« #2516 Afonso de Albuquerque, ed.Raymundo Antonio de Bulhão Pato, Henrique Lopes de Mendonça, Cartas de Affonso de Albuquerque, seguidas de documentos que as elucidam, Academia Real Das Sciencias de Lisboa, 1884, 1898~ » #2516 Afonso de Albuquerque, ed.Raymundo Antonio de Bulhão Pato, Henrique Lopes de Mendonça, Cartas de Affonso de Albuquerque, seguidas de documentos que as elucidam, Academia Real Das Sciencias de Lisboa, 1884, 1898 ~ vol. 2 p. 233
SOURCE for Turgana
#234 Ammianus Marcellinus, Ammianus Marcellinus … translated by John C. Rolfe, William Heinemann Ltd, London, 1986 ~ vol 2, XXIII, 6, 47-51, p. 376-7 note 2 on p. 376 - "Modern Ormuz" - there is no indication in the notes written 1936, as to which Ormuz.
SOURCE for Y daramuz
« Ararnuz, Y dararnuz, ormuz Hurmuz » #370 Tibbetts, G. R., Arab Navigation in the Indian Ocean before the coming of the Portuguese, The Royal Asiatic Society, Luzac and Co., London, 1971 ~ p. 100

R86-011 Bender gomrow
R86-011 Bender gomrow : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Bandar `Abbas , Bandar `Abbasi , Bandar-e `Abbas , Cambarao , Gombroon , Gumrun , Port Comorao , بندر عباس , بندر عباس , بندر عباسی , گمبرن ,
VARIANT names: Bandar , Bandar Abbas , Bandar port , Bandel , Bandel do Comorão , Bander - Abassi , Bander goomroone , Bander-Abaffie , Banderabassi , Bander-Abassi , Banderabassy , Bender Abaʃʃi , Bender gomrow , Bender-Abassy , Bender-Abbassi , Camarão , Combrú , Comerão , Gambrun , Gamron , Gamru , Gamrun , Gombroon , Gombrun , Goumeron , Hurmuz or Bandar ,
SOURCE for Bandar
« so that I re|solv'd to get to Bandar, whatever it cost me, out of the confidence I had that there, among so many Merchants of several Nations who trade thither, I should find some ease. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ p. 6
SOURCE for Bandar Abbas
« There are grounds for believing that the town is situated on or near the site of the small fishing village of Shahrū (see Iṣṭakhri, 67) or Shahruvā (see the Ḥudūd al-ʿAlam, 124 and 375). When the neighbouring island of Djarūn (or Djarrūn) ceased to be so called and was given instead the name of Hormuz at the beginning of the 8th/14th century, the former name was transferred to Shahrū. » #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 1 p. 1013
« trockensten, allerheißesten, giftigsten, ungesundesten, verfluchtesten und der Hölle schatverwande Ormusschen Seehafen und Stadt Gamron oder Bandar 'Abbas. [driest, hottest, most poisonous, unhealthy, most cursed and hell-bound Ormuz seaport and city of Gamron or Bandar 'Abbas.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 125
« Leaving Chahaly, immediately dropped into the wide bed of a river with high sandstone cliffs on each side. This we followed for 20 minutes, and then ascending the cliffs to the right by a sharp, short pass, got into a lot of curious sandstone hills cut up in every direction into funny forms and peaks by the effects of running water, Followed along a road in the plateau of sandstone, which was nothing but a series of narrow troughs cut by the innumerable feet of donkeys and assisted by rain, for over an hour, and then descending quickly, came on to the sands which surround Bandar Abbas. » #3120 John Richard Preece, Notes of a journey made between Shiraz and Jashk, via Fassa, Darab, Bandar Abbas, and Minab, Superintendent Government Printing, India, Calcutta, 1884 ~ p. 22
« 1614. (The Captain-major) “under orders of Dom Luis da Gama returned to succour Comorão, but found the enemy’s fleet already there and the fort surrendered.…News which was heard by Dom Luis da Gama and most of the people of Ormuz in such way as might be expected, some of the old folks of Ormuz prognosticating at once that in losing Comorão Ormuz itself would be lost before long, seeing that the former was like a barbican or outwork on which the rage of the Persian enemy spent itself, giving time to Ormuz to prepare against their coming thither.” - Bocarro, Decada, 349. » #379 Yule, Henry and Burnell A. C., Hobson-Jobson, The Anglo-Indian Dictionary, Wordsworth Editions Ltd, Ware, Hertfordshire, 1996 ~ p. 384
« from Lar to Bandar (28). And that is where the harbour of Hormuz (29) is, fn. 28 By "Bandar" (lit., harbour) Nikitin means Old Hormuz (see next note).fn. 29 Hormuz is an island and old seaport in the Persian Gulf. Old Hormuz stood on the coast. » #623 Nikitin, Athanasy, Khozhenie za tri moria Afanasiia Nikitina, 1466-1472 gg. (Afansy Nikitin's Voyage beyond the Three Seas, 1466-1472), Moskva, 1960, ~ p. 109
SOURCE for Bandar port
« Ho dominguo pela menhaam chegaram ao porto de banda que está na terra firme tres legoas d ormuz, [On Sunday morning they arrived at the port of Banda, which is on dry land three leagues from Ormuz,] » #2516 Afonso de Albuquerque, ed.Raymundo Antonio de Bulhão Pato, Henrique Lopes de Mendonça, Cartas de Affonso de Albuquerque, seguidas de documentos que as elucidam, Academia Real Das Sciencias de Lisboa, 1884, 1898 ~ vol. 2 p. 235
SOURCE for Bandel
« fn. 11 In referring to the general area of the Persian littoral, Silva y Figueroa employs the Portuguese term Bandel, based on Persian bandar (meaning “harbor city”); this region corresponds to the present-day Iranian province of Hormozgān, which faces the Persian Gulf near the Straits of Hormuz (see p. 244) » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017 ~ p. 246
« fn. 94 The Persian word bandar, meaning “harbor city,” refers to the Persian littoral around
Gamrū [Bandar-e ʿAbbās]; see YandB, 58, s.v. “bandel.” For the province in which the Bandel
is located, see p. 246 n. 11. » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017 ~ p. 285
The next morning the sultan of the Bandel, under whose jurisdiction [fol. 476r] falls the section of mainland between Gamrū and the island of Qeshm, » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017 ~ p. 732
« The Portuguese were detained "some days" at the port of Bandel, taking horses (canalgaduras) to ride upon, and camels for their possessions (fato), and sundry other things for their journey. Our author, in a brief note, describes Bandel (Bandar Abbas) as a place of thatched houses, inhabited by poor people, living in a land well provided with dates. » #3255 Ronald Bishop Smith., The First Age of the Portuguese Embassies, Navigations and Peregrinations in Persia (1507-1524), Decatur Press, Bethesda, Maryland, 1970 ~ p. 64
SOURCE for Bandel do Comorão
« The origins of Bandel do Comorão lay in the period after the Portuguese took Hormuz in 1515 during ‘the time of the Kings of Lar who allowed them to stay there so they could better supply Ormuz.’ (5) The island’s hereditary rulers had traditionally claimed allegiance from parts of Mughestan and Birunat from which were derived significant revenues.(6)
fn. 5 CASA OCD 234/d, Fr Redento de la Cruz, Relación. chap. XXX, f.1
fn. 6 Aubin, Jean. 1973 ‘Le Royaume d’Ormuz au début du XVIe siècle’, Mare Luso-Indicum, vol 2, 107-8. Mughestan comprised the coastal territory east of the Strait of Hormuz between Minab in the north and the southern coast at Jask. Minab, Manujan and Vaskird, north-east of the Strait, represented three districts of Birunat from which Hormuz earned revenues. » #1698 Faridany, E. K., Signal Defeat: the Portuguese Loss of Comorão in 1614 and its Political and Commercial Consequences at Portugal, The Persian Gulf and Safavid Persia Conference, 8-9 September 2007 The Smithsonian Institution, Washington DC, Washington, 2007 ~ p.2
SOURCE for Bander - Abassi
« On a à la gauche les montagnes, et la mer à la droite, mais à tant de distance qu'on ne la voit que quand on est tout proche de Bander - Abassi; on dé- couvre sur la route plusieurs bois de dattiers, qui sont les maisons d'été des gens de ces pays- là. A cinq cents pas de la ville, il y a un bureau de raalidars, ou gardes des grands chemins, qui sert de bornes au gouvernement de Laar, lequel s'étend jusqu'en ce lieu. Je fus mettre pied à terre au bureau de la compagnie des Indes orientales de France , dont un fort honnête homme de Dijon, nommé M. Perrot , ëtolt le chef. [We have the mountains on the left, and the sea on the right, but at such a distance that we only see it when we are very close to Bander - Abassi; On the road we discover several date palm groves, which are the summer homes of the people of these countries. Five hundred steps from the town, there is an office of raalidars, or guards of the highways, which serves as boundaries for the government of Laar, which extends to this place. I disembarked at the office of the French East India Company, of which a very honest man from Dijon, named M. Perrot, was the head.] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 pp. 505-6
SOURCE for Bander goomroone
19 The 19th daye being Fridaye we came to Bander goomroone [Gombroon], being the port,wch place we did long to see; and att lengtht the almighti God out of His bountiful merciehath brought vs safe, haueing past thorow great many misseries and troubles. This night Mr.Robert Hedges, a gentn and being a spetiall freind of mine, agreed wth my self for to ride thorow to the towne being 7 lges., and lighted att the English howse, wher we were courteousely entertayned.Here we took our lodging this night.
SOURCE for Bander-Abaffie
« « Endlich den 15, Octobr.noch fruhe mors gens bey guter Zeit langten wir vor Ban- der-Abaffie an: wurden ganz gutig und ungehindert eingelassen/ und gleich im ersten Eingang von verschiedenen Euro påern freundlichst begrússet/uud in gelegene Caravanfera eingewiesen. [Finally, on October 15th, early in the morning, we arrived at Bander-Abaffie in good time. We were let in very easily and without hindrance and were greeted very kindly by several Europeans at the first entrance and shown to the nearby caravan site.] » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707~ » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707 ~ p. 272-3
SOURCE for Banderabassi
« Banderabassi » in {map#980 Plan particulier du golfe de Perse, depuis les caps de Rosalgatte et de Jasque, jusqu'à Bassora / [d'Après de Mannevillette] ; Dheulland sculp, Anonyme, Guillaume Dheulland, Graveur, 1700-1799, Bibliothèque nationale de France, département Cartes et plans, GE DD-2987 (6746)} see AHduGP map 74
SOURCE for Bander-Abassi
« De Bend-Ali au Bander-Abassi il n'y a plus que deux grandes lieues, et la plus grande partie du chemin est un pays de palmiers. [From Bend-Ali to Bander-Abassi there are only two long leagues, and the greater part of the way is a country of palm trees.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 326
« Le 20, me trouvant pressé par les médecins d'emmener mes gens hors du Bander-Abassi, [On the 20th, finding myself under pressure from the doctors to take my people out of Bander-Abassi,] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 9 p. 78
SOURCE for Banderabassy
« I left Surat on February 21, 1671, on an English ship bound for the port of Banderabassy, from where I set out by land on March 25, to go as far as Babylon. » #3606 Voyage des Indes orientales, mêlé de plusieurs histoires curieuses, par M. Carré.., Vve de C. Barbin, Paris, 1699 ~ vol. 1 p. 143
SOURCE for Bender Abaʃʃi
« us from the Fort of Bender Abaʃʃi, it we had come there in the Night time, and therefore we parted not from Bendali till next day at half an hour after two in the Morning, and a little after five a Clock we came to the Houſe of a Rhadar near the Town of Bender, » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ pt. 2 p. 135
SOURCE for Bender gomrow
« The second of August about mid- night, I arrived at Bender gomrow, where the Portugals keepe a Castle with seven or eight Souldiers, within it. And this Bender gomrow, which is on the mayne land, was sometimes the Kings of Lar, and after that Abreham Cans, and so it came to the King of Ormus. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 460
SOURCE for Bender-Abassy
« 27 avril. Les chameaux sont en effet arrivés, et j'espère enfin quitter Bender-Abassy, où la chaleur est extrême, et l'air excessivement mauvais. [April 27. The camels have indeed arrived, and I hope to finally leave Bender-Abassy, where the heat is extreme, and the air extremely bad. ] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 585
SOURCE for Bender-Abbassi
« Nous arrivâmes à midi à Bender-Abbassi . Le commandant eut la bonté de venir nous recevoir à la porte de sa maison . [We arrived at Bender-Abbassi at noon.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 390
SOURCE for Camarão
« GOMBROON, n.p. The old name in European documents of the place on the Persian Gulf now known as Bandar ’Abbas, or ’Abbasi. The latter name was given to it when Shah ’Abbas, after the capture and destruction of the island city of Hormuz, established a port there. The site which he selected was the little town of Gambrún. This had been occupied by the Portuguese, who took it from the ‘King of Lar’ in 1612, but two years later it was taken by the Shah. The name is said (in the Geog. Magazine, i. 17) to be Turkish, meaning ‘a Custom House.’ The word alluded to is probably gumruk, which has that meaning, and which is again, through Low Greek, from the Latin commercium. But this etymology of the name seems hardly probable. That indicated in the extract from A. Hamilton below is from Pers. kamrun, ‘a shrimp,’ or Port. camarão, meaning the same. » #379 Yule, Henry and Burnell A. C., Hobson-Jobson, The Anglo-Indian Dictionary, Wordsworth Editions Ltd, Ware, Hertfordshire, 1996 ~ p. 384
SOURCE for Combrú
« 1622.—“That evening, at two hours of the night, we started from below that fine tree, and after travelling about a league and a half…we arrived here in Combrú, a place of decent size and population on the sea-shore, which the Persians now-a-days, laying aside as it were the old name, call the ‘Port of Abbas,’ because it was wrested from the Portuguese, who formerly possessed it, in the time of the present King Abbas.”—P. della Valle, ii. 413; [in Hak. Soc. i. 3, he calls it Combu]. » #379 Yule, Henry and Burnell A. C., Hobson-Jobson, The Anglo-Indian Dictionary, Wordsworth Editions Ltd, Ware, Hertfordshire, 1996 ~ p. 384
SOURCE for Comerão
« No entanto o rei da Persia tinhase já apoderado em 1614 do forte de Comerão na terra firme, a tres leguas de Ormuz e das ilhas de Baharem e de Queixome, aquella muito rica por causa da pesca das perolas, e esta porque abastecia Ormuz de agua doce e de refrescos. [However, in 1614 the king of Persia had already taken over the fort of Comerão on the mainland, three leagues from Ormuz and the islands of Baharem and Queixome, the former very rich because of pearl fishing, and the latter because it supplied Ormuz with water. candy and refreshments] » #2280 Manoel Bernardes Branco, Portugal e os estrangeiros, Livraria De A. M. Pereira, Lisboa, 1879 ~ p. 315
SOURCE for Gambrun
« Of these possibly Najiram may stand for the island of Jarm on which the later town of Hurmuz stood. Karman is the Carmon of p. 76, n. 1, and p. 77, n. 1, i.e., Gambrun, which is not far from the site of Hurmuz in Mas'udi's time. » #40 Barbosa, Duarte, The Book of Duarte Barbosa, an Account of the Countries Bordering on the Indian Ocean and Their Inhabitants. Translated by M. L. Dames, Hakluyt Society:Asian Educational Services, London:New Delhi, 1918-21:2002 ~ p.79 notes
SOURCE for Gamron
« bezitten wij min of meer uitgebreide aanteekeningen van de hand der vele Europeanen, die hunne lotgevallen hebben te boek gesteld). Sedert echter Gamron (Bender-Abbas) in de tweede helft der 18de eeuw zijn plaats als [We have more or less extensive notes by many Europeans who have recorded their adventures. However, since Gamron (Bender-Abbas) took its place in the second half of the 18th century] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. V
« The path from here to Gamron extends eastward, and partly along the shore. » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 319
« Den 29. dito zyn wy na Bendar Abaafi vertrokken, en tot Gamron (zynde de zelve ſtad, na Abaaz Bandar Abaafi genaamd) gekomen. [On the 29th we left Bendar Abaafi and came to Gamron (the same city called Bandar Abaafi after Abaaz).] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 267
« 23 Nov 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ f. 385
« 6 July 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ f. 359
SOURCE for Gamru
« However, in 1622, when Hormuz changed hands, most buildings were destroyed and the Safavides decided to divert all traffic to Gamru, on the mainland opposite of Hormuz. The rise of Gamru, named Bandar 'Abbàs by their new masters, caused the final decline of Hormuz. » #2023 Ralph Kauz and Roderich Ptak, Hormuz in Yuan and Ming sources, Bulletin de l'École française d'Extrême-Orient, ~ p. 29
« The tents were pitched next to the remains of the fortress of Gamrū, the same one that had been so infamously lost three years earlier,(3) the blame for which falls [margin: less heavily] on its defenders [margin: than upon those who failed to come to its aid]. [fol. 192v] The Ambassador was forced to tarry in this location for a few days in the blistering heat because horses had to be purchased for his servants and for the monks he had brought with him for the journey to Lār and Shirāz. fn 3 3 See p. 246, n. 11. » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 289
SOURCE for Gamrun
« The great depot for the produce of India, China, and Persia, was then removed to Gombroon* and Ormuz, and has ever since remained in the hands of the Persian monarch. » fn. « * Gamrún, or Gamrú.-E » #253 Kempthorne, Lieut. G.B., Notes on a Survey along the Eastern Shores of the Persian Gulf in 1828, Royal Geographical Society, 1835
SOURCE for Gombroon
« The name Djarun was transferred to the small town and port of Suru or Shahru on the mainland 17 km to the north-west, where goods in transit to or from Hormuz were transhipped; this name became corrupted to Gamru and was further corrupted by Europeans into Gambrun, Gombrun and Gombroon. » #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 3 p. 585
« they returning to Gombroon, and we going on Three Pharsangs that Night to Band Ally (1) fn. 1 Band ’All, “the embankment of ’All,” about 9 miles S.W. of Bandar ’Abbas. “The first night (from Gombroon) we rode to Bandally, sixteene English miles (and most part along the Gulph)” » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 177
« Fourteene dayes are paſt ſince we entred Gombroon; the place has no fuch Magick to perfwade us to inhabit here. Our end is travell, why ftay we then? » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 124
«7th March. In the morning, about 9 in the morning, arrived at Gombroon with the Cheife, Mr. John Eaton Dodsworth, Mr. Dennis, Mr. Beavis and Batson who all came out a little way to meet me.
note: Diary of 6 March 1707/8.
Gombroon, the old name of Bandar 'Abbas. See Yule, Hobson-Jobson, s.v. Gombroon. For a description and illustration of the oity in 1705 see Le Bruyn, II, 73-75. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 44 and 49-50
SOURCE for Gombrun
SOURCE for Goumeron
« Bandar Abbaffi is made of the destruction of Ormous, Portuguese call it Goumeron, There is Sultan with a small militia, who guards two small Castles: It is at twenty-eight degrees of latitude towards the Arctic Pole that, few people inhabit it in the East, because of the great. heat: The water there is bad and half salty, there is only one beach without a port, where ships arrive from all sides to negotiate. » #3465 Le Gouz de La Boullaye, Les voyages et obseruations du Sieur de La Boullaye-Le-Gouz, gentil-homme angeuin : ou` sont de´crites les religions, gouuernemens, et situations des estats et royaumes d'Italie, Grece, Natolie, Syrie, Perse, Palestine, Karamenie, Kalde´e, Assyrie, grand Mogol, Bijapour, Indes orientales des Portugais, Arabie, Egypte, Holande, grande Bretagne, Irlande, Dannemark, Pologne, isles et autres lieux d'Europe, Asie et Affrique, ou il a` seiourne´, le tout enrichy de belles figures ; et dedie´ a` l'Eminentissime Cardinal Capponi, Chez Geruais Clousier au Palais, sur les degrez de la Saincte Chapelle, Paris, 1653 ~ p. 115
SOURCE for Hurmuz or Bandar
« (35) Kishigan [? sic] to Hurmuzor Bandar (Gämbrun)-6 farsakhs. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219

R86-012 Cowrstan
R86-012 Cowrstan : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Gurestan , Hajji Barkat , Kahoorestan , Kahurestan , Khuristan , Kohurestan , Kuristan , حاجی برکت , خوريستان , كهرستان , كهورستان , كهورستان , گورستان ,
VARIANT names: Cabrestam , Cabrestan , Cabrestao , Caurestan , Caurestão , Cauriston , Cauvrestan , Cavestoon , Cawrestan , Corestan , Correstan (Kūristan) , Coureʃton , Courestoon (Kharéhstaun) , Couristan , Coverstone , Cowreʃtan , Cowrstan , dorp Couristan , Kahurestan , Karistan , Kawristan , Koferstan , Koreʃton , Kovestron , Kovristoún , Kuristan , Rarestoun , Village 12 Leagues to Gamron ,
SOURCE for Cabrestam
« Taking leave of this place, and proceeding upon their way for another three day's journey, the Portuguese of Balthasar Pessoa arrived at a place called Cabrestam (Kahuristan), enfeoffed of the Kingdom of Ormuz, and possessing wells of good water, some palm groves, and nearby, a great caravansary described as a large and vaulted one-story house of four gates, with a cistern in the vicinity. Cabrestam is a place heated by the fierce rays of the summer sun, so much so that Antonio Tenreiro, an ocular witness, declares he has seen men suffocate in the terrible heat of this land of Persia. » #3255 Ronald Bishop Smith., The First Age of the Portuguese Embassies, Navigations and Peregrinations in Persia (1507-1524), Decatur Press, Bethesda, Maryland, 1970 ~ p. 64
SOURCE for Cabrestan
« A 12 de outubro de 1617 metteu-se n'uma galé para a costa do relio de Lara, e desembarcou no porto de Bandel. Foi recebido multo honrosamenté por aquelle que ali era governador em nome do rei da Persia, e fornecen-Ihe conselhos para transportar sua equipagem. Saiu de Bandel a 20 de abril, é caminhando ao longo da costa do mar, em dois dias chegou a pequena povoa ção de Cabrestan, em seis á de Lara, capital da Caramania deserta, em tres a Guin, primeira cidade da Persia propriamente dita, e em seis a Schira antigamente Cyropolis. [On October 12, 1617, he boarded a galley for the coast of Lara, and disembarked at the port of Bandel. He was received most honorably by him who was governor there in the name of the king of Persia, and gave him advice for transporting his equipment. He left Bandel on the 20th of April, walking along the sea coast, in two days he reached the small town of Cabrestan, in six days he reached Lara, the capital of deserted Caramania, in three he reached Guin, the first city in Persia proper. , and in six to Schira formerly Cyropolis.] » #2280 Manoel Bernardes Branco, Portugal e os estrangeiros, Livraria De A. M. Pereira, Lisboa, 1879, ~ p. 316
« Cabrestan (De Silva Figueroa » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Cabrestao
« . the place names 'Cabrestáo' (f. ir), corresponding to the Persian locality Kahurestan, in which the Persian sequence /an/ is rendered with the digramma 'áo' and 'Bisnao' (f. 3r); » #3224 Margherita Farina, Giovanni Battista Raimondi's Travel in the Middle East: A Case of Sixteenth-Century Portuguese-Italian Interference, Oriente Moderno, NUOVA SERIE, ~ pp. 55-6
SOURCE for Caurestan
« The rest of this day’s Journy was between the Mountains, where we were encounter’d by strange Flashes of Lightning, the Foretellers of this Night’s Rain, which we hardly escaped before we came to Caurestan (1) in all Twenty Miles: This Caravan Ser Raw is named from a Tree growing here, and a Village properly so called (of which it is a Composition in Persian), it being the first we met with whose Houses were fixed. fn. 1 Kuristan, about 12 miles E, of the bridge. 'I'he place has been described by Wilson {op. at. 154 ff.)- Herbert (125) calls it Cowrestan, "Caavrestan ...famous for water-melons,as bigas our pumkins, and are the best in all Persia. The Meat is very red and as sweet as Sugar, which is a great refreshment to travellers” (Tavernier, 254). » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 187
SOURCE for Caurestão
« Ce village de Caurestão n'a guère que dix à vingt maisons, avec quel- ques jardins et un fort de torchis ne disposant d'aucune pièce d'artillerie. [This village of Caurestão has barely ten to twenty houses, with a few gardens and a cob fort with no artillery pieces.] » #3268 Joaquim Verissimo Serrao, Un Voyageur Portugais en Perse au début du XVIIe siècle Nicolau De Orta Rebelo, Comité National Portugais, Lisbonne, 1972 ~ p. 103
« Partimos daqui, e caminhámos tres jornadas polo meſmo modo, e chegámos a hum logar, que fe chama Cabreſtað, em o qual ha alguns palmares, e póços de agoa doce, e junto delle está húa cafa grande térrea de abóbeda com quatro portaes, e junto della húa cifterna grande. A eftas caſas chamaõ em a lingua Perfiana Carvançaras, que quer dizer, pouzada de cafilas, e estrangeiros. [We set out from here and walked three days in the same way, and arrived at a place called Cabreſtað, where there are some palm groves and wells of fresh water, and next to it is a large, vaulted ground floor with four gates, and next to it a large cifterna. In the Persian language these houses are called Carvançaras, which means, a place of inns and foreigners.] » #3280 Antonio Baiao, Itinerarios Da India A Portugal Por Terra, Imprensa Da Universidade Coimbra, 1923 ~ p. 8
SOURCE for Cauriston
« 17 The 17th daye we came to Cauriston [Kuristan],a litle towne lying vpon a playne. Here is good refreshing both for man and horse. Here we picht in a caravan: haueing traveled 4 lges.of a resonable waye. Here is likewise tanck water. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, 1935 ~ p. 84
SOURCE for Cauvrestan
« Le cinquième, étant parti un peu après minuit, je marchai jusques à sept heures du matin par un pays sec et tout désert où il y a beaucoup d'arbres de lentisques, et fus au gite à un assez bon village nommé Cauvrestan, où je vis de grands champs d'orge que l'on moissonnait. [On the fifth, having left a little after midnight, I walked until seven o'clock in the morning through a dry and deserted country where there are many mastic trees, and was at the lodge in a fairly good village called Cauvrestan, where I saw large fields of barley that were being harvested.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 323
SOURCE for Cavestoon
« Cavestoon (Chardin) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Cawrestan
« Cawrestan (Herbert) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Corestan
« ten negen uuren in 't dorp Corestan (2) in de carewansera, een weynigh buyten 't selve gelegen, quamen. 't Is een rust- plaetsken van weynigh accomodatie ende 't dorp bestaat in ontrent 100 van slijk en leem opgetrocke huyskens, meest van boeren die hun oogst van zaeyvelden trekken, bewoont. Hier bleven tot vierfn. 2 De Simla kaart heeft Karistan (de Bruyn: Koreston; Tavernier: Cauvrestan). Chardin vertaalt het metamas d'arbres épineux" en treft er dan ook een soort wilde pruimenboomen aan, die men ter plaatse noemde kauré. Het schijnt oorspronkelijk de naam te zijn geweest van het omliggende district, zooals trouwens de uitgang aanwijst. Dupré vindt het dorp verlaten en noemt de geheele vallei Kovristoun. [at nine o'clock in the village of Corestan (2) in the carewansera, a short distance away, quamen. It is a rest area with little accommodation and the village consists of about 100 houses made of mud and loam, mostly occupied by farmers who pull their harvest from the fields. Stayed here until four fn. 2 The Simla map has Karistan (de Bruyn: Koreston; Tavernier: Cauvrestan). Chardin translates "metamas d'arbres épineux" and finds a type of wild plum tree there, which was locally called kauré. It seems to have originally been the name of the surrounding district, as the exit indicates. Dupré finds the village deserted and calls the whole valley Kovristoun.] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 40
SOURCE for Correstan (Kūristan)
« Correstan (Kūristān) for each carga 0,5 mahmūdi for rāhdāri; for silk one mahmūdi had to be paid. If paid here no toll was levied at Lär » #3297 John Emerson, Rahdars and Their Tolls in Safavid and Afsharid Iran, Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient, 1987 vol. 30:no. 3:pp. 318-327 ~ p. 321
SOURCE for Coureʃton
« about three quarters of an hour after leven we came to fuch another, near to a great Village called Coureʃton, four Agatsch from Kor Bazirghion » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ pt. 2 p. 134
SOURCE for Courestoon (Kharéhstaun)
« Je fus pourtant huit heures à arriver au gite, qui étoit à un village nommé Courestoon (Kháréhstaun), où il y a beaucoup de dattiers, et une sorte de pruniers sauvages, que les gens du pays nomment kauré, mot qui se prend aussi pour toute sorte d'arbre épineux ; et c'est d'où est venu le nom de Courestoon (1), que porte ce village, qui veut dire amas d'arbres épineux. fn. 1 Lisez Kharéhstaun er Khâurchstaun. Ce mot appartient à la langue persane. Fryer attribue la dénomination du karavanseray et du village à un arbre (épineux) qui croît dans cet endroit. Ce sont les dernières maisons stables et fixes de la route de Gambroàn. A new account, etc. pag. 235. (L-s.) [However, it took me eight hours to arrive at the cottage, which was in a village called Courestoon (Kháréhstaun), where there are many date palms, and a sort of wild plum tree, which the locals call kauré, a word which is also taken for every kind of thorny tree; and this is where the name Courestoon (1) came from, which this village bears, which means cluster of thorny trees. fn. 1 Read Kharéhstaun er Khâurchstaun. This word belongs to the Persian language. Fryer attributes the name of karavanseray and the village to a (thorny) tree which grows in this place. These are the last stable and fixed houses on the Gambroàn road. A new account, etc. p. 235. (L-s.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 495
« Le 22, étant à Coureston (Khdrehstdun), je reçus un exprès avec des nouvelles que le vaisseau que j'attendois de Surat, avoit mouillé l'ancre la nuit même que j'en étois parti. [On the 22nd, being at Coureston (Khdrehstdun), I received an express with news that the vessel which I expected from Surat, had anchored the very night that I left it.] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 9 p. 79
SOURCE for Couristan
« 8 July 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ f. 359
SOURCE for Coverstone
« 4th March. About 3 afternoon sett out for Coverstone, 7 farsangs, stoney way; about 3 farsangs came to a Caravensaroy called Goos Basargoon. Coverstone is a small good Cara vensaroy, a very good village just by it, where may have all things eatable.
note:Diary of 4 March 1707/8.
Coverstone. Kuristân. Le Bruyn (II, 71) describes it as "the great town of Koreston seated in a plain." » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 44 and 49
SOURCE for Cowreʃtan
« the third night to Cowreʃtan, ſeven; » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 125
SOURCE for Cowrstan
« The fift day at night we departed from Bender gomrow and the eighth day we lodged at a Casal, called Cowrstan. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 460
SOURCE for dorp Couristan
« 21 Nov 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ f. 385
SOURCE for Kahurestan
« den 26. Dez. zum Dorf und der Karawanserei Kahuiristan (Kahurtscherân) 4 Farsach. [Dec. 26 to the village and caravanserai of Kahuiristan (Kahurcherân) 4 Farsach.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 124
« This small town of Kahūrestān is situated on a great plain formed by mountains that are separated by more than a league at this location. Because of the particular lay of the land there are several wells here, though their water is partially saline, but it is drawn with a waterwheel and is adequate for irrigating and fertilizing a large portion of the plain where the local inhabitants possess fields of barley, legumes, and a few herbs from which they derive profit. The water also enables many of the spiny trees that were found along the roadside to grow, though these were leafier and provided more shade; the Ambassador’s servants and everyone else in the caravan sought refuge from the sun under them. » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 294
SOURCE for Karistan
« At 4 miles 3 furlongs we pass the caravanserai and three cisterns of Karistan, all in good repair, and the latter full of water. ...
NOTE. From a mound immediately to north-east of the cisterns of Karistan a pass named "Tang Abad". leading through the range Gishu, bears E. by N. ¼ N. » #3208 Samuel Butcher, Persia 1888. From Rishir to Bunder Abbas, 1894 ~ p. 33
SOURCE for Kawristan
« In these parts there is a desert extending over four nights' journey, which is the haunt of Arab brigands and in which | the samum wind blows up in the two months of June and July. ... We travelled through this desert until we came to Kawristân, a small town with running streams and gardens, and extremely hot.(132) fn. 132 This is apparently Küristān, a village on the Rûd-i Küristān, a western affluent of the Rûd-i Shûr, and on the direct westward route from the vicinity of the later town of Bandar 'Abbās. The spelling Kawrästän in the text is an error; cf. vol. IV, p. 311 (Arabic). » #357 Ibn Baṭu¯ṭah, Muh?ammad ibn ʿAbd Alla¯h, The Travels of Ibn Battuta translated with revisions and notes, from the Arabic text edited by C. Defre´mery and B. R. Sanguinetti, by H. A. R. Gibb., Hakluyt Society:Munshiram Manohardal Publishers Pvt Ltd, Cambridge:New Delhi, 1958- :1993, ~ vol. 2 pp. 404-405
« Kawristān » in Map 1. The routes from Shiraz to the Gulf via Lår (1638-1706). (After Jacqueline Calmard, Les routes de Chiraz au Golfe Persique.) #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 5 p. 666
SOURCE for Koferstan
« Durch Kormur, Koferstan, Göſchiran und andere Orth über mannigfaltigeGe bürg und sehr gesalkene Wasserlein fas men wir vor ungeheuer hohe Berge die kein Thal durchschnitte/soweit unsere Aus gen seben kunten. [Through Kormur, Koferstan, Göſchiran and other places over various mountains and very salty little streams we came across immensely high mountains which, as far as our eyes could see, were not crossed by any valley.] » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707 ~ p. 269
SOURCE for Koreʃton
« et nous pourſuivimes notre chemin, et arrivâmes à 11. heures du foir au grand bourg de Koreʃton, dans la plaine. Nous y logeames chez le Baillif, fans nous arrêter au Caravanserai. [and we continued our journey, and arrived at 11 o'clock in the evening at the large town of Koreʃton, in the plain. We stayed there with the Baillif, but we stopped at the Caravanserai.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 319
SOURCE for Kovestron
« Kovestron (Thévenot) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Kovristoún
« Lorsqu'on est plus avancé, on voit, sur la gauche du chemin, trois citernes rondes et deux autres en berceau, voûtées et construites en briques, et à quelques pas une tour environnée d'un mauvais fossé. C'est la demeure des percepteurs d'un droit de péage, qui est d'un châhi par charge, et d'un droit de capitation pour les Arméniens et les Juifs, qui est d'une demi-piastre aïn. Les habitations sont éparses dans le reste de cette vallée, appelée Kovristoún.. [When we are further along, we see, on the left of the road, three round cisterns and two others in barrel vaults, vaulted and built of bricks, and a few steps away a tower surrounded by a bad ditch. It is the residence of the collectors of a toll, which is one shāhi per charge, and of a poll tax for Armenians and Jews, which is half a piastre ain. The dwellings are scattered in the rest of this valley, called Kovristoún.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 424
SOURCE for Kuristan
« Kuristan (Wilson) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
« At 9 miles pass the dilapidated caravanserai of Kaleh Puru, with cistern (dry in March 1907) and uninhabited, the fort lying half a mile to the north of the road. At 10 miles a water-course, containing pools of water, is crossed, 80 yards broad, and banks 10 feet high. At 10½ miles and 11½ miles, pass lines of ruined qanāts. The road now becomes very stony, and sparsely covered with scrub. At 12½ miles reach the caravanserai of Kūristan. The foot hills of the Gishū range are now three miles to the north; the hills to the south, known as the Küh-i-Rasül, are two miles distant. Water. From cisterns at caravanserai and 6 wells mile N.-W » #3113 Routes in Persia. vol. III, part I., Printed at the government monotype press, Simla, 1918 ~ p. 30
SOURCE for Rarestoun
« 20 février. Même direction: après une heure de marche, Rarestoun avec un caravansérail et quelques maisons, mais sans habitants. [February 20. Same direction: after an hour's walk, Rarestoun with a caravanserai and a few houses, but without inhabitants.] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 533
SOURCE for Village 12 Leagues to Gamron
« In that posture I went away the 19. and got that day to a great Village within 12. Leagues of the City of Gamron, and took up my lodging at the Calenter's of the place. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ p. 5

R86-013 Ourmangel
R86-013 Ourmangel : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: none independent coordinate: lat 27.339909 long 55.092884 † basis (p)
Supplement: Newberry covers the distance between Bender gomrow and Lar, actual distance 226 km in 9 days at an average of 25 km per day. Stage 1 to Cowrstan in 3 days would be about 75 km., actual distance 72 km. Stage 2 to Ourmangel in 2 days would be about 50 km., actual distance to Tang Dalan is 51 km. Stage 3 to Lar in 4 days would be 100 km., actual distance from Tang Dalan to Lar is 103 km. Newberry's narrative « The tenth day at Ourmangel: there is a Spring of fresh water, which runneth through the middle of it. » suggests the aqueduct at Tang Dalan. It is also possible that the name is a distortion of our مَنزِل / manzel temporary stop for travellers; lodging house, way station.
VARIANT names: Ourmangel (Newberry) ,
POSSIBLE LOCATION of Ourmangel (Newberry) AT Tang Dalan lat 27.339909 long 55.092884 [PBR],
SOURCE for Ourmangel (Newberry)
« The fift day at night we departed from Bender gomrow and the eighth day we lodged at a Casal, called Cowrstan. The tenth day at Ourmangel: there is a Spring of fresh water, which runneth through the middle of it. The fourteenth day in the morning we came to the Citie of Lar. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 460

R86-014 Lar : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Lar , Larestan , Shahr-e Qadim-e Lar , شهر قدیم لار , لار ,
VARIANT names: Laar , Laer , Lar , Lara , Larr , Lhaar , Lhor ,
SOURCE for Laar
« et après m'être remis enchemin, et avoir passé bien des caravanserais,de petites citernes, des canaux d'eau souterrains,quantité de masures et de ruines d'édifices, cnapprochant de la ville de Laar, j'y entrai sur lesonze heures du matin, [and after getting back on my way, and having passed many caravans, small cisterns, underground water channels, a number of hovels and ruins of buildings, approaching the town of Laar, I entered it on eleven o'clock in the morning,] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 479
« Le 27, j'arrivai à Laar, au point du jour, car on ne me portoit que de nuit, à cause de la chaleur; [On the 27th, I arrived at Laar, at daybreak, because they only took me at night, because of the heat;] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 9 p. 80
« The tenth I had very ill way along the mountain: I preferred this before another fairer way, which I might have taken by the Plains, but more about by four Leagues: Late at night I came to the City of Laar. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ p. 4
SOURCE for Laer
« Le chemin delà juſques à Laer eft rempli de maifons de campagnede jardins. Nous traverfämes cette villeallåmes loger de l'autre côté, après une traite de 4. lieuës [The path beyond to Laer is filled with country houses and gardens. We crossed this town and went to stay on the other side, after a journey of 4 leagues] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 316
« 15 Nov 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ f. 385
« Laer (Lar) for each carga half a mahmudi for rahdāri, in the case of silk one mahmūdi. If nothing has been paid in Küristan tolls have to be paid here. » #3297 John Emerson, Rahdars and Their Tolls in Safavid and Afsharid Iran, Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient, 1987 vol. 30:no. 3:pp. 318-327 ~ p. 321
SOURCE for Lar
« The invasion of Persia by the Afghans in 1721-22 was accompanied by an incursion of Baluchis from Makran into Kirman and Lar, where they committed serious depredations. In November 1721 the Baluchi hordes attacked the town of Lar, and in particular a caravansarai occupied by twelve Dutchmen who were escorting treasure of the Dutch East India Company; but the Hollanders beat off the attack with great loss to their assailants and with none to themselves, and subsequently, having removed into the Lår fort, defended that also with success. » #660 Lorimer, John Gordon, Gazetteer of the Persian Gulf, Oman and Central Arabia, Superintendent Government Printing, India, 1915, ~ vol. 1 pt. 1 p. 63
« In a detailed article published in 1979,1 Heinz Gaube made an important contribution to our knowledge of the various stages of the important trade route which connected Bandar `Abbas with Lar, and onwards with Shiraz and Isfahan. In addition, Gaube gave us detailed information on the three types of khans or caravanserais which provided the traveler with shelter and often with food and fodder supplies on this route. By comparing the description of this trade route by Wilson in 1907 with those of some seventeenth century travelers Gaube concluded that very little had changed in 300 years. He » #3002 Willem Floor, Persian Gulf: Links with the Hinterland, Bushehr, Borazjan, Kazerun, Banu Ka`b and Bandar Abbas, Mage Publishers, Washington, 2015 ~ p. 251
« 23rd March, Lar, 6 farsakhs ; 6.30 a.m. to
2 p.m. The Iwaz plain is twenty miles long, and little more than a mile wide. ... Lar has a garrison of thirty artillerymen, with six guns. The guns were stowed in the verandah of the Bagh-i- Nishat, so I had opportunities of inspecting them. They are one 12-pounder, one 9-pounder, and four 6-pounders ; all bronze guns. Four were cast in Tabriz, and two in Enzeli by a Tabriz workman. ... Lar has trade with Bombay through the three ports of Linga, Bandar Abbas, and Tahiri. » #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1882 ~ vol. 1 p. 132 and 141-2
« [fol. 204r] The city of Lār, the capital of Carmania Deserta, is most ancient and is greatly esteemed by all the local Arabs. It is situated at the end of a large plain where the mountains, which run continously to this point, withdraw on both sides, and the terrain flattens out and opens up, creating an area more than three leagues wide. The mountains draw closer together again a little way past the city, creating a narrow pass or gorge through which the road leads to Shirāz. Lār is a little smaller than Hormuz, though its streets are not quite as narrow, nor are the houses as nicely built. The houses of Lār all have mud walls, plastered on the inside with that mud mixed with small bits of straw that was mentioned in the description of the fortress of Bandel. »#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 304
« Della Valle succumbed to the same fever, sensibly decided to leave the wretched Minab and somehow, in a state of semi-consciousness, survived the long, agonizing journey to Lar, an old town on the main route from Gamrf to Shiraz and a summer retreat for the coastal towns.(47) There he remained from January to June 1622, slowly recovering, readjusting his life and finding the determination to continue his travels. fn. 47 For Lår, its earlier history, contemporary seventeenth century accounts and an excellent bibliography, see Jean Calmard, Lär, Laristan', Encyclopaedia of Islam (2nd ed.), v, 665-76; Jacqueline Calmard, Les routes de Chiraz au Golfe Persique vues par les voyageurs européens (1640-1720), Paris, 1978; J. Aubin, Références pour Lar médiévale', Journal Asiatique, CCXLIII, 1955, 491-505. » #3215 J. D. Gurney, Pietro della Valle: The Limits of Perception, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, London, Vol. 49:No. 1,:pp. 103-116 ~ p. 111
« Im Jahre 1960 erschütterte ein schweres Erdbeben die Altstadt von Lar und ver- nichtete oder beschädigte zahlreiche historische Bauten. Die Stadt wurde an anderer Stelle etwa sechs Kilometer südlich wieder aufgebaut, das eigentliche Zentrum bildet aber die heute wieder instandgesetzte Altstadt mit der Bezeichnung Shahr-e qadim. Das Ortsbild von Lar läßt heute nur noch teilweise den mittelalterlichen oder safavidi- schen Zustand erkennen. [In 1960, a severe earthquake shook the old town of Lar and destroyed or damaged numerous historical buildings. The city was rebuilt at another location about six kilometers south, forming the actual center but the old town, which has been restored today and is called Shahr-e qadim. The townscape of Lar today only partially shows its medieval or Safavid condition.] » #3205 R. Pohanka, The historical buildings of the city of Lar., Archäologische Mitteilungen aus Iran, 1983 vol. 16:pp. 347-48. ~ p.327
« Il n'y a que deux carvanseras à Lar, l'un dans la ville qui n'est pas trop bon, et l'autre au bout de la ville, du côté d'Ormus, qui serait assez commode, n'était qu'il se remplit d'eau quand les grandes pluies viennent à tomber, et il faut attendre quelquefois des jours entiers que les eaux soient écoulées. [There are only two carvanseras in Lar, one in the town which is not too good, and the other at the end of town, on the Ormus side, which would be quite convenient, was only It fills with water when the heavy rains fall, and you sometimes have to wait for whole days for the water to drain.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ pp. 317-8
« 12 July 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ f. 360
« Après l'avoir passé, nous arrivons enfin à Lâr, où nous descendons chez le gouverneur, qui nous avait fait préparer un logement dans son palais. [After passing it, we finally arrive at Lâr, where we stay at the governor's, who had prepared accommodation for us in his palace.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 433
« And from Tarum I journeyed to Lar (27), and from Lar to Bandar fn. 25 Kashan, Nain, Sirjan and Tarum, Iranian towns. fn. 26 Batman, a weight varying locally.fn. 27 Lar, a town in southern Iran. Nikitin visited it twice. » #623 Nikitin, Athanasy, Khozhenie za tri moria Afanasiia Nikitina, 1466-1472 gg. (Afansy Nikitin's Voyage beyond the Three Seas, 1466-1472), Moskva, 1960, ~ p. 109
« Retornando su la riva preditta a l'incontro de Ormuos se ritrova una terra chiamata Lar; 323) è terra grossa e bona; fa fogi .2000.; è mercadantesca e di passo, imperhochè quelli che vanno e vengono per questo colpho sempre danno di capo a questa terra. fn. 323. Lär è oggi, come ai tempi del Barbaro, la principale città dell'omonimo distretto del Fürs. Sorgeva su una delle strade carovaniere che congiungevano Shiraz con Hurmuz e in tempi più recenti con Bandar-Abbas. Il mercante e viaggiatore russo Afanasii Nikitin la visitò nel 1469, e poi di nuovo nel 1472, ma ha poco da raccontarne. Pietro della Valle soggiorno qualche tempo Lar al principio del 1622; cfr. i suoi Viaggi, ed. Torino (Brighton), 1843, III, pp. 301-326 0 332336. Per una breve descrizione della città, ed una incisione che ne mostra una parte, cfr. C. DE BRUYN, Travels into Muscovy, Persia and Part of the East-Indies, cit., II, p. 69. (Lo.) [Returning to the aforementioned shore at the meeting of Ormuos, one finds a land called Lar; 323) it is large and good land; it has 2000 leaves; it is a merchant and a transit land, because those who come and go by this river always end up at this land. fn. 323. Lär is today, as in the time of Barbaro, the principal city of the homonymous district of the Fürs. It arose on one of the caravan routes that connected Shiraz with Hurmuz and in more recent times with Bandar-Abbas. The Russian merchant and traveler Afanasii Nikitin visited it in 1469, and then again in 1472, but has little to say about it. Pietro della Valle stayed for some time in Lar at the beginning of 1622; cf. his Travels, ed. Turin (Brighton), 1843, III, pp. 301-326 0 332336. For a brief description of the city, and an engraving showing part of it, see C. DE BRUYN, Travels into Muscovy, Persia and Part of the East-Indies, cit., II, p. 69. (Lo.)] » #3310 Lockhart,L. Morozzo Della Rocca,R. Tiepolo,M.F., I viaggi in Persia degli ambasciatori veneti Barbaro e Contarini, Ist. Poligrafico dello Stato, 1973 ~ p. 148
« From there we continued our march for three days through [another] desert like the former, and came to the city of Lar, a large city with many springs and perennial streams and gardens, and with fine bazaars. (133) We stayed there in the hospice of the ascetic shaikh Abū Dulaf Muhammad (134) he was the person that we had in mind to visit at Khunju Pal.fn. 131764 This is the earliest mention of a town of Lar; the contemporary Persian geographer Mustawff (138) mentions Lär only as a district near the seacoast (adding, strangely, 'Its population are Muslims'), but twice men- tions the town of Laghir, on the main road to Shiraz, twelve farsakhs north- west of Khunj (176, n. 2).fn. 134 Not identified » #357 Ibn Baṭu¯ṭah, Muh?ammad ibn ʿAbd Alla¯h, The Travels of Ibn Battuta translated with revisions and notes, from the Arabic text edited by C. Defre´mery and B. R. Sanguinetti, by H. A. R. Gibb., Hakluyt Society:Munshiram Manohardal Publishers Pvt Ltd, Cambridge:New Delhi, 1958- :1993, ~ vol. 2 p. 405
SOURCE for Lara
« Per monti e ſaſſi dirupati cammi nammo 7. ore il Sabato 2. ed a fine di 20-miglia giugnemmo in Lara Città capitale del Regno di tal nome. [We walked for 7 hours on Saturday 2nd through mountains and steep cliffs and at the end of 20 miles we reached Lara, the capital city of the Kingdom of that name.] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p. 272
« Nous n'entråmes donc à Lara que le lendemain matin, et y trouvámes quatre Portugais résidents, qui attendaient là avec leurs marchandises de pouvoir se rendre à Ormuz. En effet, si l'on pouvait venir d'Ormuz en Perse, la route était coupée dans l'autre sens en raison de la guerre entre le Sofi et le roi d'Ormuz. [We therefore only entered Lara the next morning, and found there four Portuguese residents, who were waiting there with their goods to be able to go to Ormuz. Indeed, if one could come from Hormuz to Persia, the road was cut in the other direction due to the war between the Sofi and the king of Hormuz.] » #3268 Joaquim Verissimo Serrao, Un Voyageur Portugais en Perse au début du XVIIe siècle Nicolau De Orta Rebelo, Comité National Portugais, Lisbonne, 1972 ~ p. 103
« From here they set out, and on their journeys they went to the city of Lara, » #2516 Afonso de Albuquerque, ed.Raymundo Antonio de Bulhão Pato, Henrique Lopes de Mendonça, Cartas de Affonso de Albuquerque, seguidas de documentos que as elucidam, Academia Real Das Sciencias de Lisboa, 1884, 1898 ~ vol. 2 p. 250
SOURCE for Larr
« we sett forward and came to the citie of Larr [Lar] , where we were curteously entertayned by the darago, and a howse apoynted for vs to ly in, wth our provissions according to the quanti tie of the formaund sent in for three dayes together. Here we picht, hauing traveled 5 1ges. of a resonable waye but somthing stonie. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, London, 1935 ~ pp. 82-3
« [28th February]. About 4 afternoon sett out for Larr, 5 farsangs; the first two very good way till come to Picataw, a good caravensaroy lyeing at the foot of a great mountain which must clime over to goe the other three farsangs to Laar. Stoney way.
note:Diary of 28 February 1707/8.
Laar. Lâr. Here again where one would expect a description of the city, Scattergood passes it over without remark. See Fryer (II, 190) and Le Bruyn (II, 69), who has an illustration of "Laer." » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 43 and 49
SOURCE for Lhaar
« (die uyt Chiras, om met sijn wijn- caffila naer Bandhaar Gamron te verreysen twee dagen voorleden in Lhaar gecomen was [(who had arrived in Lhaar from Chiras two days before with his wine caffila to go to Bandhaar Gamron] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 45
« Deze ftad Lhaar legt op en tufſchen het gebergte, is tamelyk bebouwd, en vertoond zig door 't geboomte zeer vermakelyk. Het Kasteel legt op een berg, en is vry groot. De Wazier woond op een andren berg in cen treffelyk gebouw. Hier heeft men een uitnemende fchoone Balaar, of markt, met zeer nette gewelfzelen overdekt. Hier zyn ook veel Jooden. [This town of Lhaar lies on top of the mountains, is fairly built up, and is very attractive because of the trees. The Castle is located on a mountain, and is quite large. De Wazier lived on another mountain in a beautiful building. Here there is an excellent beautiful Balaar, or market, covered with very neat vaults. There are also many Jews here.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 265
« Den 20. dito ten 2 uuren des 's nagts uyt Lhaar vertrokken zynde: quam zyn Ed: ten 7 uuren in het dorp Dehikoe [On the 20th of the same day, having left Lhaar at 2 o'clock in the morning, his Ed arrived at the village of Dehikoe at 7 o'clock.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
« Den 31. dito na 4 mylen dito ontrent 1 myl van Lhaar, bezoekende ondertufichen malkandren over en weder. [The 31st ditto after 4 miles ditto about 1 mile from Lhaar, meanwhile visiting each other.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Lhor
« Lhor is a City of an Ancient Date, and still retains its Name, which for that it was so guarded by Nature that it could not easily be conquered, held many Ages the Majesty of a Kingdom; but now it is governed by a Puritanical Caun (for that he has visited Ma/iomefs Tomb) under the Persian Emperor » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ p. 191

R86-015 Casal, called Dehaccow
R86-015 Casal, called Dehaccow : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS names: Deh Kooyeh , Dehkuh , Dehkuyeh , دهکویه ,
VARIANT names: Däaku , Däaku (Deh-Kuh?) , Dacu , Dahkuh , Dakkah , De Kert (Delhi-Kourd) , Deachow (or Techoo) , Deh Kuh , Dehaccow , Dehacoe , Deh-ak-Kou , De-hakoe , Dehcohibibia , De-hi Kourd , Dehikoe , Dehko , Dehkuh , Dehkuyeh , Dehkūyeh , Deku , Diacoo , Dirkuh ,
POSSIBLE LOCATION at Dehkuh FOR Achu [PBR],
SOURCE for Däaku
« Erst aus dem Dorfe S ¼ Stunde, dann SO + S ½ Farsach, dann links SO+S ½ Farach, links ½ Stunde, wo links eine Tange ... ¼ Farsach. SO, ¼ Farsach, wo wir aus den Hügeln heraus kamen auf eine sehr hohe Ebene ... dann S ¼ Farsach zum Dorfe Däaku (Deh-Kuh ?). Liegt am Ende dieser am Berge ... Einen halben Farsach von diesem Dorfe war am Wege wie ein Reitpfahl aufgemasert, wo der Weg sich teilte und ein andrer links unter dem Gebirge abging nach Darab, welches 12 Far sach von hier liegt. Den Pfahl habe ein Kaufmann aufrichten lassen, als er die ganze Nacht hier gereist war und anstatt den Larschen den Darabschen Weg gegangen war. [First from the village S ¼ hour, then SE + S ½ Farsach, then left SE+S ½ Farach, left ½ hour, where on the left there is a tange... ¼ Farsach. SE, ¼ Farsach, where we came out of the hills onto a very high plain... then S ¼ Farsach to the village of Däaku (Deh-Kuh?). At the end of this lies on the mountain... Half a farsach from this village there was a riding post on the road where the path split and another went off to the left under the mountains to Darab, which is 12 farsach from here. A merchant had the post erected when he traveled here all night and went the Darab route instead of the Larschen.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 119
SOURCE for Däaku (Deh-Kuh?)
« Erst aus dem Dorfe S ¼ Stunde, dann SO + S ½ Farsach, dann links SO+S ½ Farach, links ½ Stunde, wo links eine Tange ... ¼ Farsach. SO, ¼ Farsach, wo wir aus den Hügeln heraus kamen auf eine sehr hohe Ebene... dann S ¼ Farsach zum Dorfe Däaku (Deh-Kuh ?). [First from the village S ¼ hour, then SE + S ½ Farsach, then left SE+S ½ Farach, left ½ hour, where on the left there is a tange... ¼ Farsach. SE, ¼ Farsach, where we came out of the hills onto a very high plain... then S ¼ Farsach to the village of Däaku (Deh-Kuh?). ] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 119
SOURCE for Dacu
« Il Venerdì primo d'Ottobre fatte 20. miglia di cammino per aridi monti, ci fermammo dopo ſette ore nel Karvan- ſerà di Pacurel; avendo laſciato cinque miglia prima il Karvanſerà, e Caſale di Dacu. [On the first Friday of October, having walked 20 miles across arid mountains, we stopped after seven hours in the Karvanſerà of Pacurel; having left five miles earlier the Karvanſerà, and Kaſale di Dacu.] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p. 271
SOURCE for Dahkuh
« Dahkuh » in {map#1203 in #1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.) 31:2:152-69 ~ fig. Country between Bandar Abbas abd Siraz}
« My muleteers mere all impressed by the governor, and on the second day we arrived at their village, Dah-Kuh, where I halted to let them cook food for the road. They were very anxious to stop and assist in gathering the harvest. » #1754 Vaughan, H. B., Journeys in Persia (1890-91), The Geographical Journal, London, 1896 (Jan.), 7:1:24-41 ~ p. 26
SOURCE for Dakkah
« , till the track emerges on to the little Dahkuh plain, an expanse of perfectly flat arable land some 2 miles square, hemel in by low hills, and drained by the ravine referred to above into the Kardah plain.From Dakkah a track diverge direct to Forg, the main road to Jahrum running northwest over vary stony ground for some 12 mile to Biris. Midway between Dahkah and Biris the track crosses the watershed dividing the Kurdah and Biris systems. Existing map are incorrect on this point. » #1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.), 31:2:152-69 ~ p. 160
SOURCE for De Kert (Delhi-Kourd)
« Je les fisen dix heures, partie par des collines, où le che min n'est pourtant pas difficile, partie par desplaines. Après deux lieues de marche, on laissesur la gauche un village, nommé De Kert (Delhi Kourd), avec un grand caravanserai bâti à l'en trée; [I did them in ten hours, partly over hills, where the path is not difficult, partly over plains. After two leagues of walking, we leave on the left a village, called De Kert (Delhi Kourd), with a large caravanserai built at the entrance;] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 479
SOURCE for Deachow (or Techoo)
« The foureteenth day wee rode to Deachow (or Techoo) which fignifies a Towne under ahill; where we ſee many prettie Tombs, not any without his graveftone and an Arabick memoriall. » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 129
SOURCE for Deh Kuh
« Onwards road is excellent, running over a level plain with a very hard surface. Deh Küh is reached after crossing small ridge which presents no obstacle.
Deh Küh has a village and sarai and several birkehs. Fire- wood very scanty. Supplies negligible for a force more than a section strong. Camping ground excellent a large flat plain. Grazing very scanty. » #3080 Simla Drawing Office, General Staff, India, Mobilisation Routes In Persia (Vol. IV, Part II) (Fars, Laristan, Kerman And Yazd) British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 192
SOURCE for Dehaccow
« The foure and twentieth day of August, 1581. about noone I departed from Lar. And at Lar every summe of merchandise payeth at the passing out of the gate one Tanger, which is twelve Pull. And the five and twentieth day wee passed downe very high Mountaine; and the a same day passed by a Casal, called Dehaccow. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 460
SOURCE for Dehacoe
« Wy hielden ons verblyf in een ander dorp, Dehacoe genaamd. Daar is een redelyke Karrawantera benevens een oude vervallene, namen ons verblyf in een koſtelyk gebouw, over al met lof-werk, gevogelte, en inakery geſchilderd, en verguld, den Calenter aldaar toebehoorende, dig ons heerlyk onthaalde. [We stayed in another village called Dehacoe. There is a reasonable Karrawantera as well as an old dilapidated one, where we stayed in a beautiful building, all painted with praise, birds and inakery, and gilded, the Calenter belonging there, which welcomed us wonderfully.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 2 p. 265
SOURCE for Deh-ak-Kou
« Arrivé à son extrémité, on marche pendant environ une heure entre des collines, avant de descendre dans une nou- velle vallée fort agréable. Sur la droite est le village de Deh-ak-Kou, qui paraît avoir été important autrefois. Au milieu d'une infinité de décombres, sont des plantations d'arbres, beaucoup de citernes, et un vaste caravansérail. [Having reached its extremity, we walk for about an hour between hills, before descending into a new and very pleasant valley. On the right is the village of Deh-ak-Kou, which appears to have been important in former times. In the midst of an infinity of ruins, are plantations of trees, many cisterns, and a vast caravanserai.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 446
SOURCE for De-hakoe
« Nous en partimes le lendemain avant jour,arrivámes à 10. heures à De-hakoe, beaugrand village, où il y a un bon Caravanfirai de pierre,beaucoup de palmiersd'autres arbres. Le conducteur des bêtes de charge nous y [We left there before daylight the next day, arriving at 10 o'clock at De-hakoe, a beautiful large village, where there is a good stone caravan park, many palm trees and other trees. The driver of the beasts of burden us there ] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 316
SOURCE for Dehcohibibia
« The 5th daye we traveled a very craggie and mountainous waye and full of turninges. This daye we cam [to] Dehcohibibia [Dihkuh], a litle poore towne lying vpon a craggi and poore playne. Here we picht, haueing traveled 2 1ges. Here likwise the water is good, but tanck water » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, London, 1935 ~ p. 82
SOURCE for De-hi Kourd
« about ſeven a Clock we paſſed by a Village called De-hi Kourd, where there is a Kervanʃeray: in that place are many Tamarisks, ſome Palm-Trees, and feveral Ciſterns. We left that Village on our Left Hand, » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 p. 130
SOURCE for Dehikoe
« Den 20. dito ten 2 uuren des 's nagts uyt Lhaar vertrokken zynde: quam zyn Ed: ten 7 uuren in het dorp Dehikoe [On the 20th of the same day, having left Lhaar at 2 o'clock in the morning, his Ed arrived at the village of Dehikoe at 7 o'clock.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
« Den 30. dito na 3 mylen dito, in 't 't dorp Dehikoe. [The 30th after 3 miles ditto, in the village of Dehikoe.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Dehko
« Persian text omitted. [In Dehko, there are approximately twenty ponds and a caravanserai in a defective castle, and there are houses and houses. The caravan sometimes stops in Korde and sometimes in Dehko.] » #3228 Sadid al-Saltaneh, Mohammad'Ali Khan, Safarnameh-ye Sadid al-Saltaneh, Bihnashr, Tehran, 1883 ~ p. 583
SOURCE for Dehkuh
SOURCE for Dehkuyeh
« Folgt man von Kurdeh aus der Straße nach Norden, so erreicht man bei Km 36 den Ort Dehkuyeh mit dem auffallenden Shahzadeh Esmael. Fast alle europäischen Reisenden des 17. und. 18 Jhts. signalisieren für diesen Ort ein Karavanserail, welches sich aber nicht erhalten hat. In Dehkuyeh teilt sich die Straße nach Biris in Westen und Darab im Norden, [If you follow the road north from Kurdeh, at km 36 you reach the town of Dehkuyeh with the striking Shahzadeh Esmael. Almost all European travelers of the 17th and 18th century Signal a caravanserail for this place, which has not been preserved.In Dehkuyeh the road divides to Biris in the west and Darab in the north,] » #3206 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lar-Bastak., original manuscript, Österreichisches Archäologisches Institut, 1984 ~ p. 4
« There I waited until the arrival of the others, and together we continued the trip. The night was pleasant because of the moon. At the seventh hour of the night we all rested in a caravanserai named Dehkuyeh, which was round in the shape of a theater. Inside it had arches like the others, and it also had two rather cool rooms on top of the portal.(19) fn. 19 Dehkuyeh is 36 km north of Lar. More likely, the caravanserai was octagonal. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ p. 295
« The rest, after escaping from that terrible passage and traveling on level ground, finally arrived, with most of the caravan, in a small town consisting of just a few houses, called Dehkūyeh, next to which there was a caravanserai in partial ruins—it would be impossible for anyone to seek shelter there—and so everyone made themselves as comfortable as possible in the [fol. 212r] open air amid the cargo, the Ambassador climbing into his litter to rest a while. » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 316
SOURCE for Dehkūyeh
« The rest, after escaping from that terrible passage and traveling on level ground, finally arrived, with most of the caravan, in a small town consisting of just a few houses, called Dehkūyeh, next to which there was a caravanserai in partial ruins—it would be impossible for anyone to seek shelter there—and so everyone made themselves as comfortable as possible in the [fol. 212r] open air amid the cargo, the Ambassador climbing into his litter to rest a while. »#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 316
SOURCE for Deku
« Durch Satalck, Deku, Schirafir, und andere gemeine Flecken und Städtgen kamen wir gegen den 7. Octobris zu Lar an. [Through Satalck, Deku, Shirafir, and other small towns and villages, we arrived at Lar about the 7th of October.] » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707 ~ p. 265
SOURCE for Diacoo
« 27th February]. About 5 sett out for Diacoo, 9 farsangs; the 1[st] farsang bad way, the other 2 good till you come to a Radeler house 3 farsangs more very bad way. Went over a great many mountains, goeing up hill and down till come to Beris about 1 in the morning. Beris is a very good caravensaroy and a good village; lay there till morning and went to Discoo, 3 farsangs more; good way, very good caravensaroy and good village.
note: Diary of 27 February 1707/8.
Diacoo. Dihakû. The Deachow (or Techoo) of Herbert (p. 129), the Deh-hi-Kourd of Thévenot (Pt. II, 129), the De-hakoo and Dekoe of Le Bruyn (II, 68, 134), and the Dehi-Koh of D'Anville's map. Radeler house. Customs station, where was a râhdar, customs officer. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 43 and 48
SOURCE for Dirkuh
« (27) Dirkuh [? sic) a farsakhs. After there are many ab-anbars, and another cistern a leagues from Lar. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219 notes

R86-016 Casal, called Berre
R86-016 Casal, called Berre : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS names: Beriz , Bizeh , Tireh , بریز ,
VARIANT names: Beeres , Behry , Beli , Berez , Beri , Beries , Beris , Beriz , Berre , Berrie , Berry , Bery , Bexim, Bechim , Bieries , Bihri , Biri , Biries , Biriis (Beriẞ) , Biris , Biris or Bizri , Biriz , Briz , Bury ,
SOURCE for Beeres
« and travelled to Beeres, a pretty large Towne, and a spacious Caravan-Sarai, the best I have yet seen on yo Road, except that at Larr. Very bad Water, but plenty of Provisions.August 15.-We rose from Beeres, »#3146 Yule, Henry Colonel, The Diary Of William Hedges, The Hakluyt Society, London, 1889 ~ vol. 1 p. 206
SOURCE for Behry
« Le caravanserai de Behry a été bâti, il y a cin- quante ans, par la mère d'un gouverneur de Laar, nominé Ahvez bec ou Havez bec (Ahvaz-beyg), et consacré à son nom. [The Behry caravanserai was built fifty years ago by the mother of a governor of Laar, named Ahvez bec or Havez bec (Ahvaz-beyg), and dedicated in her name] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 477
SOURCE for Beli
« Partimmo tardi da Benarù il Giovedì ultimo, e per malagevole ſtrada, così di piani, come di peſſime falite ce ſceſe di pietre, arriyammo dopo aver fatte 30. miglia in 11. ore, nel Cafale, e famoſo Karvanſerà di Beli. [We left Benarù late on the last Thursday, and along a difficult road, both flat and rocky, we arrived after having covered 30 miles in 11 hours, in the Cafale, and famous Karvanſerà di Beli.] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p. 271
SOURCE for Berez
« MOGU BAY to SHIRAZ 8. BEREZ | 21 | 147 Seven hours. The road is over the open country generally, but a few passes over low ridges are met with. Water is procurable from wells and springs. Camp in an open desert. No supplies. » #3334 Routes in Asia: Routes in Persia and Balochistan, Office of the Superintendent of Government Printing, Calcutta, 1878 ~ p. 388
SOURCE for Beri
« 15 Nov 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ 385
SOURCE for Beries
« Den 21. dito op 't vorige uur verreisde hy weder, en quam met den dag in Beries; [On the 21st of the same day, at the previous hour, he set out again, and arrived in Beries that same day;] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
« Den 29. dito na 6 mylen rydens, in 't dorp Beries. [The 29th ditto after 6 miles drive, in the village of Beries.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Beris
« [27th February]. About 5 sett out for Diacoo, 9 farsangs; the 1[st] farsang bad way, the other 2 good till you come to a Radeler house 3 farsangs more very bad way. Went over a great many mountains, goeing up hill and down till come to Beris about 1 in the morning. Beris is a very good caravensaroy and a good village; lay there till morning and went to Discoo, 3 farsangs more; good way, very good caravensaroy and good village.
note: Diary of 27 February 1707/8.
Beris, Biriz. The Bury of Fryer (II, 198 and n. 1), and the Bibri of Thévenot (Pt. II, 130), who had a similar experience of "very stormy way . up hill and down hill," but found the inn "a fair new built" structure, "one of the loveliest Karavanserays in all Persia." Le Bruyn also (II, 68) praises the inn at "Bieries," and the one in the "large handsome village" of "De-hakoe." » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 43 and 48
SOURCE for Beriz
[not to be confused with another Beriz NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: -3056064 coordinate: lat 27.8928 long 54.083 NIMA/GNS names: Bavaz , Beriz , Biriz 25.5kms bearing 254°. PBR]
« [margin: 11 of November] On the 11th of November, we left this spot and reached Beriz early in the morning. This was another small town like the one we had left behind, and we spent just one night ther »#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 317
SOURCE for Berre
« (26) Berre [? sic) -6 farsakhs. A place with a fort in ruins. Two ab-anbars on the road. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219 notes
« And this five and twentieth day at night lodged at a Casal, called Berre. And to the South of the Towne is an old Castle upon an high Mountaine. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 460
SOURCE for Berrie
« Here we picht in a prophets lodge lying by the waye side, whose name is Shohzoda [Shahzada], the townes nam is Berrie [Biriz], haueing traveled 5 or 6 lges. Here the water is good. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, London, 1935 ~ p. 82
SOURCE for Berry
« we mounted our melancholly Mules, and made our next Manzeel at Berry. Nothing was obfervable in the way, fave a huge thick wall, of great length and height, cut by infinite toyle out of the follid rock, to fafeguard the Larians from the Skyrazians, Larr in that place terminating. Berry is a ſmall Village; it promiſes much at diſtance, but when there,deludes the expectation: yet is it famous through the Perfian Territories » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 130
SOURCE for Bery
« Bij goeden tret quamen al voormiddagh naer niet min als drie mijlen rijdens in Bery (2), een slegt dorp, maer vrij aansienelijk om de carewansera, weynigh jaren verlede daar door den Lhaersen gouverneur 72 pas- sen in de lengte, 79 dito in de breete, weersijts met een stallingh 10 treden wijt, van binnen een ruym viercant pleyn, rontsom met 24 moeye camerkens en aan de ingangh off in de poorte mede twee affgeslote camerkens, in welker eene den Edele Heer Cunaeus logys nam, [If the weather was good, I arrived early this afternoon, not less than three miles away, in Bery (2), a poor village, but quite significant for the carewansera, some years ago the governor of Lhaersen built it there 72 paces in length, 79 ditto in the width, again with a shed 10 steps away, inside a spacious square square, round with 24 large cafeterias and at the entrance to the gate also two closed cafeterias, in which the Noble Lord Cunaeus took refuge,] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 56
SOURCE for Bexim, Bechim
« au quart de l'aube, pour aller nous restaurer dans un autre appelé Bexim.Il est grand, avec de belles maisons, quoiqu'elles soient en torchis. [at quarter to dawn, to go and eat in another called Bexim. It is large, with beautiful houses, although they are made of cob.] » #3268 Joaquim Verissimo Serrao, Un Voyageur Portugais en Perse au début du XVIIe siècle Nicolau De Orta Rebelo, Comité National Portugais, Lisbonne, 1972 ~ p. 111
SOURCE for Bieries
« nous pourfuivimes notre chemin le vingt-fixieme, une heure avant le coucher du foleil, par des montagnes pierreulesde méchans chemins,arrivåmes à une heure du matin au Caravanseras de Bieries dans la plaine, après une traite de 5. licues. C'est un grandbel édifice de pierre, [We continued our journey on the twenty-fifth, an hour before sunset, through stony mountains of steep paths, arriving at one o'clock in the morning at the Caravanseras of Bieries in the plain, after a journey of 5 licues. It is a large beautiful stone building,] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 316
SOURCE for Bihri
« we arrived at a great Village called Bihri, where many Palms and Tamarisk-Trees grow: there are ſeveral Ciſerns there, but the water of them is full of Worms, and therefore one must be careful to ſtrain it through a Cloath, We Lodged in a fair new built Kervanʃeray in that Village, this is one of the lovlieſt Kervanʃerays in all Perfia, not only for the ſolidity of the Fabrick, being built of rough Stone and hard Flint, but alſo for its neat Portal, large ſquare Court, many fpacious Rooms, » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 p. 130
« Le vingt-sixième, je partis à une heure après minuit, et marchai jusques à neuf heures du matin, en partie dans la plaine et en partie entre les montagnes, dans lesquelles je vis une vieille tour qui était pour garder le passage. Je demeurai à Bihri, petite ville bâtie au coin d'une plaine qui aboutit à une haute montagne. Le carvansera est neuf et bâti assez magnifiquement par la mère d'Aimas, kan de Lar, le grand Cha-Abas ayant pris ce pays-là sur les Guèbres qu'il contraignit de se faire maho- métans. Ce fut dans ce même carvansera que Monsieur Thévenot, l'un des plus illustres voyageurs de notre siècle', se blessa fort dangereu- sement, un de ses pistolets qu'il avait demandés à son valet pour les mettre auprès de lui sur le matelas où il était couché, s'étant malheu- reusement lâché et lui ayant percé la cuisse, de quoi il fut presque en termes de mourir. [On the twenty-sixth, I set out at one o'clock after midnight, and walked until nine o'clock in the morning, partly in the plain and partly between the mountains, in which I saw an old tower which was to guard the passage. I stayed in Bihri, a small town built on the corner of a plain which leads to a high mountain. The carvansera is new and built quite magnificently by the mother of Aimas, kan of Lar, the great Cha-Abas having taken that country from the Guèbres whom he forced to become Mohammedans. It was in this same carvansera that Monsieur Thévenot, one of the most illustrious travelers of our century, seriously injured himself, one of his pistols which he had asked his valet to place near him on the mattress. where he was lying, having unfortunately let go and pierced his thigh, from which he almost died.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ pp. 316-7
SOURCE for Biri
« Il venerdi, forse due ore innanzi giorno, avendo camminato sola- mente da due leghe, scaricammo a prender riposo vicino ad un caravanserai che chiamano della campagna di Biri, perchè poco lontano di là sta la villa Biri, abitata [On Friday, perhaps two hours before the day, having walked only two leagues, we unloaded to take a rest near a caravanserai which they call Biri countryside] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 384
« On the 11th we traveled from the 22nd hour until the 2nd hour of the night and lodged in the caravanserai Beriz, bigger than the others, with several little towers around it. The arches inside were open from top to bot tom, and each arch corresponded to a room. There were staircases in the four corners to go up to the terrace.(20) fn. 20. Bembo calls it "Biri." Beriz is 19 km northwest of Lar. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ p. 294
SOURCE for Biries
« Den 17. dito reden wy over veel gebergte van kley en key-fteenen, quamen in een ſchoone Valey, en trokken door een groot dorp, Biries genaamd. In 't inkomen zag men een vierkante gemetzelde pilaar laan, zynde ontrent voeten hoog, alwaar voor eenigen tyd een per- zoon levendig is ingemetzeld. Hier ftaat ook een cierlyke Piramide, zynde eeu grafitede, daar onder een ſchoone kapel, met Tapyten belegd, is, in welke ook eenige lampen brandden, en werd daar dagelyks voor de verltorvenen gebeden. Hier is een koftelyke nieuwe Karrawan- fera met veel overdekte water-tankken en putten. Regt voor de Karrawanfera ftaat een uitstekende fchoone verwelfde watertank, zynde wel 100 voeten over 't Kruis, en 300 voeten in 't rond. Dit is een van de opmerkens weerdigite metzelwerken, die ik in Meden Perien heb gezien, hebbende 4 bebe en Konink- lyke ruime poorten of ingangen om water te ſcheppen. Men heeft hier veel begraaf-fteden en eenig geboomte. [On the 17th we rode over many mountains of Kley and Keyfteene, came to a beautiful Valley, and passed through a large village called Biries. In the entrance one saw a square brick pillar avenue, about feet high, where a person was lively bricked in for some time. Here is also a beautiful Pyramid, made of graphite, under which there is a beautiful chapel, covered with Tapytes, in which some lamps were also burning, where prayers were said daily for the deceased. Here is a cool new Karrawanfera with many covered water tanks and wells. In front of the Karrawanfera there is an excellent beautiful arched water tank, about 100 feet above the Cross, and 300 feet around. This is one of the most remarkable stoneworks I have seen in Meden Perien, having 4 bebe and royal spacious gates or entrances for creating water. There are many burial places and some trees here.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 2 pp. 264-5
SOURCE for Biriis (Beriẞ)
« den 18. Dez. 1685 vor Sonnenaufgang bis zu dem großen Dorfe Biriis (Beriẞ) 5 Farsach. [December 18, 1685 before sunrise to the large village of Biriis (Beriẞ) 5 Farsach.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 118
SOURCE for Biris
« The fine serai and little hamlet of Biris, with blue domed mosque close by, stands at the edge of a narrow flat; plain, some 10 miles long east and west, and 2 miles broad. »#1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.), 31:2:152-69 ~ p. 160
« On découvre le village de Biris, quelque temps avant d'y arriver (1). Un fort situé sur une éminence, regarde l'entrée de la vallée qui se dirige de l'O. à l'E., et qu'ildomine. Les murailles, et quelques tours quiles flanquaient, existent encore. Une ving-taine de familles seulement habitent ce lieu,et donnent au gouverneur de Lår les deuxtiers de leurs récoltes.Biris renferme beaucoup de citernes, un immense caravansérail, et deux mausolées nouvellement construits. fn. 1 Il m'a semble que de Deh-ak-kou à Biris, nous n'avions pas marché autant à l'E., que le marque la carte de d'Anville. [We discover the village of Biris, some time before arriving there (1). A fort located on an eminence, looks at the entrance to the valley which runs from the W. to the E., and which it dominates. The walls, and some towers which flanked them, still exist. Only about twenty families live there, and give the governor of Lår two-thirds of their harvests. Biris contains many cisterns, an immense caravanserai, and two newly built mausoleums. fn. 1 It seemed to me that from Deh-ak-kou to Biris, we had not walked as far to the E., as d'Anville's map shows.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 446-7
SOURCE for Biris or Bizri
« Nous traversâmes ensuite une autre montagne et une autre plaine où est situé Biris ou Bizri, petit village ruiné, avec un vaste caravansérail, bâti par Chah-Abbas [We then crossed another mountain and another plain where Biris or Bizri is located, a small ruined village, with a vast caravanserai, built by Shah-Abbas] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 528
SOURCE for Biriz
« Biriz has a sarai, shrine, and three cisterns, one of which had an abundance of good water at this time. Firewood and grazing practically nil. Supplies nil. Large open plain for camping ground. Locusts have eaten up all crops in this district. » #3080 Simla Drawing Office, General Staff, India, Mobilisation Routes In Persia (Vol. IV, Part II) (Fars, Laristan, Kerman And Yazd) British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 192
SOURCE for Briz
« Persian text omitted. [When they leave from Dehko, they go to Sharfu, it is six miles away. When they went three farsakhs, they reached the village of Briz. There are several valleys without water on the road. In the village of Briz, there are eight ponds and a fort, and there are not many houses, houses, and wells.] » #3228 Sadid al-Saltaneh, Mohammad'Ali Khan, Safarnameh-ye Sadid al-Saltaneh, Bihnashr, Tehran, 1883 ~ p. 583
SOURCE for Bury
« Hence to Bury (1) metes out Twelve Miles more, where the best Caravan Ser Raw is on all the Road, it being not only well Adorned with White facing Stone, but is both a Large and Convenient, as well as Stately Fabrick.
Hard by this is a Peor, or Burying-place of one of their Prophets, being a goodly Monument, with an Arabick School Founded in his Honour, and Endowed with a good Pension for to maintain the Devotion of their Priests. fn. 1 Biris, about 15 miles as the crow flies N.W. of Lar, the Berry of Herbert (130). "I stand at Bihry, a little City seated upon a plain, that borders upon a high mountain. The Inn is new and very mag- nificently built by the mother of Aimas, Kan of Lar, when the great Sha-Abbas took the country from the Gaures, whom he constrain'd to turn Mahumetans" (Tavernier, 252 f.). Hedges (Diary, i, 206) calls it Beeres, and praises the "spacious Caravan-Sarai, the best I have seen on y Road, except that at Larr." » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 198

R86-018a Gaarrom
R86-018a Gaarrom : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Do , Jahrom , Jahrum , جهرم , دو ,
VARIANT names: Dgiaroun , Djahrom , Djahroum , Djarom , Djaroûn , Djarroun , Djarum (Djabrom) , Gaarrom , Gahram , Gahrum , Gearon , Gerom , Giron , Gowaym , Guwaim , Isharum , Jaharan , Jahrom , Jahrum , Jaram , Jaraon , Jaron , Jaroon , Jaroone , Jarron , Jehram , Jehrum , Jowaym , Scharim , Sharon , Stadt Sharon ,
SOURCE for Dgiaroun
« we arrived at a large Kervanʃeray, which is about an hundred paces from a little Town called Dgiaroun, and is hardly worth a good Village; however there is a fair Bazar in it. » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 p. 128
SOURCE for Djahrom
« Eine neuere Route führt heute von Benaru über Djuyom und Mansurabad nördlich des Kuh-e Alburs durch die Tang-e Kulin und Tang-e Khatiz nach Djahrom. [A newer route today leads from Benaru via Djuyom and Mansurabad north of the Kuh-e Albur through the Tang-e Kulin and Tang-e Khatiz to Djahrom.] » #3206 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lae-Bastak., Archäologische Mitteilungen aus Iran, 1984 vol. 17:pp. 285-308 ~ p. 296
« Djahrom » in {map#1180 in #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ fig. Abb. 5 Kartenausschnitt der Provinzen Bushehr und Fars}
« Djahrom, welches man über die nördliche der beiden möglichen Routen bei km 210 erreicht, ist heute noch wie in safavidischer Zeit für seine Dattelproduktion berühmt, vom alten Kern der Stadt und besonders von den Kara- vanserails hat sich allerdings bis heute nichts erhalten. Besonders bedauerlich ist das Ver- schwinden des alten Basars von Djahrom, der nach Orta Rebelo genauso schön und groß wie der Basar von Lar gewesen sein soll. Dabei muß noch 1850 eine ganze Anzahl von Kara- vanserails in Djahrom existiert haben, Abbott nennt nicht weniger als sechs Stück für dieses Jahr, Kaempfer nennt ein großes Karavan- serail Shah Hossein", ebenso erwähnen Taver- nier, Chardin und Dupré mehrere Kara- vanserails in Djahrom, wobei auffällt, daß fast alle Reisenden darauf hinweisen, daß sich diese Bauten ein wenig westlich und aufßerhalb der eigentlichen Siedlung befinden. [Djahrom, which can be reached via the northern of the two possible routes at km 210, is still famous for its date production today, as it was in Safavid times, but nothing of the old core of the city and especially of the caravanserails has survived to this day. The disappearance of the old bazaar of Djahrom, which according to Orta Rebelo was just as beautiful and large as the bazaar of Lar, is particularly regrettable. In 1850, a large number of caravanserails must have existed in Djahrom; Abbott mentions no fewer than six for that year, Kaempfer mentions a large caravanserail "Shah Hossein", and Tavernier, Chardin and Dupré also mention several caravanserails in Djahrom, and it is striking that almost all travelers point out that these buildings are located a little to the west and outside the actual settlement.] » #3206 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lae-Bastak., Archäologische Mitteilungen aus Iran, 1984 vol. 17:pp. 285-308 ~ p. 297
SOURCE for Djahroum
« Je partis de Mouchek le vingt-et-unième de mars à deux heures du matin, et ayant marché jusqu'à huit par un pays plat et pierreux, j'arrivai à la petite ville de Djahroum, [I left Mouchek on the twenty-first of March at two o'clock in the morning, and having walked until eight through a flat and stony country, I arrived at the small town of Djahroum,] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 315
SOURCE for Djarom
« Djarom » in {map#1132 Abb. 1 Karte von Iranmit Eintragung der Routen und Karawanenbauten, , , #1814 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 7:Teil 5: ~}
SOURCE for Djaroûn
« En tournant une montagne à droite, on découvre une forêt de palmiers, au milieu de laquelle est bâtie la ville de Djaroûn. Sur la pente de ce / mont est le tombeau d'un imam appelé Kha- demga. Plus loin nous laissons sur la gauche un grand caravansérail, à côté duquel est une vaste citerne, et le mausolée d'un autre saint / musulman nommé Cháh - Zadè - Hussein. Avant d'entrer dans la ville, on passe auprès de deux arches en briques, qui servent de digue contre le débordement des eaux. ... Elle avait éprouvé, dans la jour- née du 23 février, plusieurs secousses qui fi- nirent par l'écroulement de diverses maisons. La population peut être de quatre mille habi- tans, parmi lesquels on compte trente familles juives. Il y a quatre caravansérails et un petit bazard qui renferme une vingtaine de 'boutiques. [Turning a mountain to the right, we discover a forest of palm trees, in the middle of which is built the city of Djaroûn. On the slope of this / mountain is the tomb of an imam called Kha-demga. Further on we leave on the left a large caravanserai, next to which is a vast cistern, and the mausoleum of another / Muslim saint named Cháh - Zadè - Hussein. Before entering the city, we pass by two brick arches, which serve as a dike against the overflow of water. ... It had experienced, during the day of February 23, several tremors which ended with the collapse of various houses. The population may be four thousand inhabitants, among whom there are thirty Jewish families. There are four caravanserais and a small bazaar which contains about twenty shops.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 452
SOURCE for Djarroun
« et, un farsang après, Djarroun, petite ville avec un bazar et deux caravansérails, l'un en bon état, mais où il n'y avait pas de place, et l'autre en ruine, où il fallut cependant bien nous fourrer dans un coin, [and, a farsang later, Djarroun, a small town with a bazaar and two caravanserais, one in good condition, but where there was no room, and the other in ruins, where we nevertheless had to be stuffed into a corner,] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 523
SOURCE for Djarum (Djabrom)
« den 12. Dez. gereist zu dem berühmten Tamerfleck (Tamar oder Tamr ist die Dattelpalme) Djarum (Djabrom) 6 Farsach. [December 12th traveled to the famous Tamerfleck (Tamar or Tamr is the date palm) Djarum (Djabrom) 6 Farsach.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 114
SOURCE for Gaarrom
« The first of September in the morning, wee came to a Citie, called Gaarrom: and the same day, to a Casal, called Demonder, where standeth an high Columne alone. About Gaarrom is great store of Rice and Cotton wooll growing. And here the Sheepe have Lambs twice every yeere. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 461
SOURCE for Gahram
« Gahram VI C4 Gahrum Iran
CIte de la cIrconscnptIOn (kura) d' Ardasir Hurra 107, 134, 135, 139, 153, H 263,268,286,299 Hur 46, F 203 ' - Yaq II, 167, LS 254, Schw 103, DKI 173 »#2912 Georgette Cornu, Atlas du monde arabo-islamique a l'epoque classique IXe-Xe siecles, E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1985, ~ p. 49
« Gahram (3) mit gleichnamiger Stadt (4), heute Jahrum. Von der Stadt selbst wird nichts berichtet, von den Einwohnern rühmt Ibn Haukal Wohlstand) und Istahri erzählt, daß sie vorwiegend der mutalizitischen Sekte angehörten). fn. 3) Hord. 46, 7; Fak. 203, 4 (at Idrisi, Janbert 391, Gühram!). fn. 4) Is 107, 5. 4 [Gahram (3) with the town of the same name (4), today Jahrum. Nothing is reported about the town itself, Ibn Haukal praises the inhabitants as being wealthy) and Istahri reports that they mainly belonged to the Mutalizite sect). fn. 3) Hord. 46, 7; Fak. 203, 4 (at Idrisi, Janbert 391, Gühram!). fn. 4) Is 107, 5. 4] » #1717 Schwarz, Paul, Iran im Mittelalter nach arabischen Geographen, O. Harrassowitz, Leipzig, 1896 ~ p. 103
SOURCE for Gahrum
SOURCE for Gearon
« Il Sabato 25.partimmo a mezzodi per una comoda ſtrada; e dopo 10. ore fatte 30. miglia, per le quali paſſammo alcuni piccioli ruſcelli, giugnemmo nella Città di Gearon. Queſta Città ha più toſto ſembianza di foreſta, perche le fue cafe ſono ſparſe tra folti alberi di palme, che apportano non poca rendita coloro dat- tili, che ſono de' migliori della Perfia. [On Saturday the 25th we left at midday by a convenient route; and after 10 hours, having traveled 30 miles, over which we crossed some small streams, we reached the City of Gearon. This city has more of the appearance of a forest, because the trees are scattered among thick palm trees, which bring no small income from the palm trees, which are among the best in Persia.] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p.267
SOURCE for Gerom
« for which, when we had traveil’d One and twenty Miles, we found at Gerom (1) a ready Medicine of the Butter of the Seed of Gourds made into an Ointment, which appeased the Inflammation by its cooling Virtue, and immediately asswaged' the Pain by Basting our selves herewith, being half Roasted. We refreshed our selves one entire Day at Geroniy where a small White Grape, without any Stone, was an excellent Cordial; fn. 1 Jahrum : the larrown of Herbert (129). "The little city of Jarron, which is rather to be called a Forrest of Palm-trees" (Tavernier, 252). The road is dangerous : "the steep mountain of Jarra, which is very high and very long : but the descent is the most dangerous that ever I saw in all my Travels" {Ibid. 252). Hedges {Diary, i, 206) speaks of "divers steep scraged Hills." The other route is also difficult (Wilson, 162). » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 202
SOURCE for Giron
« barely got out of the way of the horses. When the mountains ended, I rested a little by a cistern, and after another one and a half hours I arrived at the caravanserai where they were. This was not a nice one, and it was located a pistol shot away from the city of Jahrom. (23)On the morning of the 16th I entered the city. It is located in a rather beautiful plain. fn. 23. Jahrom (Bembo's "Giron") was a major center of textile production. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ p. 296
SOURCE for Gowaym
« Gowaym - Attestations: The mint signature GW/GWDMY is thought to be representative of the town of Gowaym in Fars (40). Although the location of the mint with this signature in Fars has been confirmed through die linkages, the question of its identification with Gowaym has not yet been proven. On the other hand, two localities with this name are located in Fars, one in Ardashir Khurrah, northeast of Shiraz, which is called Guyom today, and the other one in Darabgerd, now referred to as Jowaym. However, based upon its importance in the early Islamic period, as well as its location along the major caravan routes, Mochiri has suggested that the Jowaym of Darabgerd was the mint town with the GW signature (41).- Identification: The modern town of Jowaym (Jowaym of Darabgerd Khurrah) is located 69 km southeast of Jahrom (42). Remains of a Sasanian fire temple, pointing to the existence of a Sasanian settlement in this area, are located about 40-50 km from Jowaymnear the village of Fishur (43).
#2877 Negin Miri, Historical Geography of Fars during the Sasanian Period, e-Sasanika, 2009, 10: ~ p. 13
SOURCE for Guwaim
« Die Straße von Däräbegird nach Siräf führte über Guwaim ²). fn. 2) Muk. 454, 6. [The road from Däräbegird to Siräf led via Guwaim²). fn. 2) Muk. 454, 6.] » #1717 Schwarz, Paul, Iran im Mittelalter nach arabischen Geographen, O. Harrassowitz, Leipzig, 1896 ~ p. 103
SOURCE for Isharum
« Isharum ist eine feine Stadt und Nahrs haffter Orth: deren Innwohner Behau funge seynd fast alle viereckig erbauet von denen in der Sonnenhik gebackenen Steis nen/ haben durchaus ihre Altanen: Jes de zu vier Seiten aufgeführte Mauer hat ein einziges Dach Loch [Isharum is a fine city and a peaceful place: the dwellings of the inhabitants are almost all built square from stones baked in the sun, and have their own balconies: each wall built on four sides has a single roof hole.] » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707 ~ pp. 263-4
« SCHILLINGER (1700) | Isharum LEBRUN (1705) | Jaron WILSON (1908) | Jahrum » #3206 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lar-Bastak., original manuscript, Österreichisches Archäologisches Institut, 1984 ~ table p. 14
SOURCE for Jaharan
« Les mêmes renseignements avaient apparemment été donnés aussi à Colvill, cet auteur écrivant à ce sujet:De Taherie il y a une très bonne route par la plaine de Gillodar (Gallehdar) menant à Chiraz en passant par le village de Jaharan (Djahrom). Une caravane met 8 ou 9 jours. [The same information had apparently been given to Colvill as well, this author writing on this subject:From Taherie there is a very good road through the plain of Gillodar (Gallehdar) leading to Shiraz by way of the village of Jaharan (Djahrom). A caravan takes 8 or 9 days.] » #3059 K Lindberg, Voyage dans le Sud de l'Iran : carnet de route d'un me´dicin, a` la poursuite du ver de Me´dine., C.W.K. Gleerup, Lund, 1955 ~ p. 239
SOURCE for Jahrom
SOURCE for Jahrum
« Jahrum » in {map#1182 1000k Maps of South Asia, Survey of India in the India and Adjacent Countries series, Sheet No 010 Persia Arabia and Turkey (1915)}
SOURCE for Jaram
« Partis au lever du jour //, nous y parvinmes bientôt. II y fait très frais. Il a donné son nom de Jaram à la montagne voisine. [Leaving at daybreak //, we soon reached there. It's very cool there. He gave his name Jaram to the neighboring mountain.] » #3268 Joaquim Verissimo Serrao, Un Voyageur Portugais en Perse au début du XVIIe siècle Nicolau De Orta Rebelo, Comité National Portugais, Lisbonne, 1972 ~ p. 113
SOURCE for Jaraon
« Desen wegh met backsteenen en keyen als ge- vloert ten eynde, ende 't dorp Jaraon (2)fn. 2 Djahrüm. De reeds aangehaalde reizigers zijn eenstemmig in hun lof omtrent dit stadje, welks huizen (Chardin telde er 350, Dupré be- groot het getal inwoners op 4000) ... [This road with backstones and keys as if laid at the end, and the village of Jaraon (2) fn. 2 Jahrum. The travelers already mentioned are unanimous in their praise of this town, whose houses (Chardin counted 350, Dupré estimated the population at 4000) ...] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 65
SOURCE for Jaron
« Le dix-neuvième, nous en partimes far le foir, pour nous rendre à Jaron, qui n'en eſt qu'à une lieuë,nous y arrivámes à 9. heures,allâmes à un Caravanserai proche de la ville, où nous trouvames un bon puits, couvert d'une eſpece de dôme de pierre. [On the nineteenth, we left at night to go to Jaron, which is only a league away. We arrived there at 9 o'clock, went to a Caravanserai near the town, where we found a good well, covered with a kind of stone dome.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ pp. 313-4
« Den 23. dito na 5 mylen in de Karrawaanfera.Den 24.dito na 5 mylen ruym in Jarôn. Mogag-zoekte. [The 23rd said on the 5th of March in Karrawaanfera.The 24th said on the 5th of March in Jarôn. Mogag-zoekte.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Jaroon
« Drie broeders, van den Hertog van Lhaar, die te Jaroon woonden, quamien zyn Ed: wel een halve myl van die plaats inhaalen geleidden zyn Ed tot het Moors Tempeltje Sjaſada Hoſſein, en beſchonken hem net eenige, mondkoit. [Three brothers of the Duke of Lhaar, who lived at Jaroon, came to overtake his son: about half a mile from that place, they led his son to the Moorish temple of Shazada Hozain, and gave him some drink.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 274
SOURCE for Jaroone
« Att 4 In the Evening the 24th Sett out for Jaroone, 5 farsangs: the first two farsangs bad stoney way till you come to a small caravensaroy with a tanck of water before it; the other 3 farsangs good smooth way. Jaroone is a large pleasant town full of Date trees; good caravensaroy, may have all things needfull for travellers.
Diary of 24 February 1707/8.
Jaroone. Jahrûm. The Dgiarum of Thévenot (pp. 128-9), the Jarron of Tavernier (p. 252), the Gerom of Fryer (II, 202), the Scharim of Struys (p. 342) and the Jarroon of Hedges (p. 206). Thévenot remarks on the "large Karvanseray" and the town "on all hands encompassed with gardens full of palm-trees, which there are so numerous and grow so near one another, that they make a great forrest." Struys says of "Scharim" that it stood in the middle of a grove "altogether of date-trees," and was "a town of consider- able traffic in cotton goods, "there being very many weavers." Hedges also found that "Jarroon affords plenty of all things for the use of a traveller in these parts." Le Bruyn who stayed at Jahrûm two days in 1705 (II, 66), has an illustration of the city, "which is very mean and looks more like a village, the houses being all built of earth, and separate from one another. I saw two or three poor little mosques, in which they were performing service. As this city is full of palm-trees, it looks at a distance like a wood. This, of all the trees in that country, is what is esteemed most, both for its beauty and the goodness of the fruit, which is the best in all Persia." » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 42 and 48
SOURCE for Jarron
« Le 28, je fis cinq lieues, la route étant, partie par des sentiers fort rudes, partie par un pays plain et uni, le long duquel on trouve plusieurs canaux profonds, et des ponts de pierre, pour passer des ruisseaux qui, dans l'hiver et au printemps, se grossissent si fort qu'on les prendroit pour des rivières. Ma traite se termina à Jarron, petite ville de trois cent cinquante maisons, [On the 28th, I traveled five leagues, the route being, part by very rough paths, part by a plain and level country, along which we find several deep canals, and stone bridges, to cross streams which, in the In winter and spring, they swell so much that they were mistaken for rivers. My trade ended in Jarron, a small town of three hundred and fifty houses,] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 pp. 464-5
SOURCE for Jehram
« MOGU BAY to SHIRAZ 12. JEHRAM | 180 | 219Six hours. The road is stony with some passes over hill ridges. Water is obtained from a spring led by a kanát or underground tunnel. Camp in an open desert near the village. All ordinary supplies of life obtainable. » #3334 Routes in Asia: Routes in Persia and Balochistan, Office of the Superintendent of Government Printing, Calcutta, 1878 ~ p. 389
SOURCE for Jehrum
« JEHRUM, vide JAHRUM. » #2878 Gazetteer of Persia vol. III., Government of India Press, Simla, 1924, ~ vol. 3 pt. 1 p. 460
SOURCE for Jowaym
« Identification: The modern town of Jowaym (Jowaym of Darabgerd Khurrah) is located69 km southeast of Jahrom (42). Remains of a Sasanian fire temple, pointing to theexistence of a Sasanian settlement in this area, are located about 40-50 km from Jowaymnear the village of Fishur (43).
SOURCE for Scharim
« Struys called Jahrom a small town, without walls, located in a date grove. The town’s trade consisted of cotton textiles and there were many weavers. The bazaar was quite pleasant, where all kinds of Indian and Persian goods were for sale, while twice a week there was a market when farmers from the neighboring villages came to town. (92) fn. 92. Winninx, 18 July (Sjaron); Thevenot 1971, vol. 2, pp. 128-29 (Dgiaroun); Kaempfer 1968, p. 115 (Djarum); Valentijn 1726, vol. 5, p. 263 (Sjaron); Herbert 1929, p. 65 (Goyoom); Strauszens 1678, p. 193 (Scharim); KA 1793, f. 994 (Jharoen); Tavernier 1930, p. 315 (Djahroum); Chardin 1811, vol. 8, pp. 465-66 (Harron) and plate LXXVII with a map of the caravanserai of Jahrum; » #3002 Willem Floor, Persian Gulf: Links with the Hinterland, Bushehr, Borazjan, Kazerun, Banu Ka`b and Bandar Abbas, Mage Publishers, Washington, 2015 ~ p. 273
« On the 6th of December we arrived / and in the afternoon we met a fellow named Stedelten/or Olek/Scharim/laying without any Red Light Districts/in the middle of a date forest. The trade of this Stebeken/and the few inhabitants of Handteeringe/contains most of the fabrics/being a star of Weavers there. It has a beautiful Bafar, or Markt, where one finds statues of merchandise with Indian and Persian handicrafts/fabrics/and precious items, except that there is a large influx of the passing Borren twice here. I stayed here for three hectic days / for us / and ours » #3243 Jan Janszoon Struys, Drie aanmerkelijke en seer rampspoedige Reysen, Meurs, 1677 ~ p. 356
« The seventh I passed by one of these Caravanseras, and got that day ten Leagues, taking up my quarters in the little City of Scharim, in the middle of a Forrest of Date-trees. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ p. 4
SOURCE for Sharon
« Hier staan eenige huizen by, voorts is het al te maal klippig gebergte. Wy quamen in een plaats genaamd Sjaron, een vermakelyk geweit, vol dadelboomen, hebbende een zeer groote Karrawaniera; ook heb ik 'er op de geheele reize geen grooter gezien, als mede een groote Tank en water-put. Hier heeft men veel begraafplaatzen van groote Heeren. [There are a few houses here, furthermore it is a very rocky mountain range. We came to a place called Sjaron, a pleasant area full of date trees, having a very large Karrawaniera; nor have I seen a larger one during the entire journey, as well as a large tank and water well. There are many cemeteries of great lords here.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 264
SOURCE for Stadt Sharon

R86-019 Mecocal
R86-019 Mecocal : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Mokhak , Mukhak , موخک ,
VARIANT names: Mokhak ,
SOURCE for Mokhak

R86-020 Cawger
R86-020 Cawger : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS names: Khafr , Shahr Khafr , Shahr-e Khafr , Shahr-e Khezr , شهر خضر ,
VARIANT names: Çafhra , Cafre , Caifer , Cawger , Chafer , Chaffer , Chaffert , Chafr (Jesa) , Cossir , dorp Gaffer , Gaffer , Ghor , Gossaw , Käfer , Kafre , Khabr , Khafr , Khafro ,
POSSIBLE LOCATION at Khafr FOR Vnghea [], POSSIBLE LOCATION at Khafr FOR Safra [PBR], POSSIBLE LOCATION at Khafr FOR Habr [PBR],
SOURCE for Çafhra
« This small town Çafhra is called Zafarābād (71) in the Arabic tongue, which means “fair” or “market.” (72) Not far off is the Sivan River, which the locals divert into channels and ditches to irrigate their gardens and fields.At sundown we reached the caravanserai, which resembled the one we had left that morning. It was 400 [fol. 222v] [margin: paces] from the city and its gardens, and there were two small Turkmen dawārs next to it.
fn. 71 This location seems a better fit than Khafr, proposed by Loureiro et al., Anotações e estudos, 24.
fn. 72 This comment by Silva y Figueroa is puzzling, since Arabic zafra is the feminine form of an adjective meaning “yellow.”
fn. 73 In the MS, Zafarābād is given as Çafhra or Çafra, a homonym of Zafra (Extremadura); Silva y Figueroa also spells the name of his native city Çafhra. »
#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 330
« Entre este amenissimo bosque estan çien casillas, pocas mas ó menos, con una hermosa y antiquisima mezquita, cuya pequeña poblacion en lengua arabiga llaman Çafhra, que significa lo mesmo que feria ó mercado, corriendo muy çerca della el rrio Siuan, de donde sacan los moradores muchas açequias y canales de agua para regar sus jardines y sementeras. A puesta de sol se llegó al carauasar, que es como del que se salio aquella mañana, apartado quatroçientos pasos del lugar y sus jardines, junto al qual auia dos pequeños aduares de turcomanes. [Among this very pleasant forest there are a hundred squares, a few more or less, with a beautiful and ancient mosque, whose small town in the Arabic language is called Çafhra, which means the same as a fair or market, the Siuan River running very close to it, from where they take the inhabitants many ditches and water channels to water their gardens and fields. At sunset we reached the carauasar, which is like the one we left that morning, four hundred steps away from the place and its gardens, next to which there were two small Turkmen customs houses.] » #3245 García de Silva y Figueroa, Manuel Serrano y Sanz, Comentarios De D. Garcia De Silva Y Figueroa De La Embajada Que De Parte Del Rey De España Don Felipe III Hizo Al Rey Xa Abas De Persia, La Spciedad de Bibliofilos Espanoles, Madrid, 1905 ~ vol. 1 p. 321
SOURCE for Cafre
« On the 18th the journey was through countryside full of barley and rice. The ground was low, and there was plenty of water. Along the road I saw some tombs here and there with the remains of destroyed towns. At the 9th hour of the night we stopped in a caravanserai called Shahre Khafr. A Frenchman arrived there after midday on the 19th. He was on horseback and dressed in European fashion and had with him a chapar and a Persian servant with two pieces of luggage. He came to greet me and told me that he was coming from Bandar 'Abbas, where he had been on business for his company and that he was going to Shiraz and from there to Isfahan. He wanted to continue the journey with me, and I was glad of it. Meanwhile, we went together to see the town. We entered a garden full of fruit and ate to our satisfaction. When we left, the gardener was happy with a small remuneration. As we went through the town, we were asked to enter the houses of those natives to visit their sick, as happens in Turkey. Certainly he who knows medicine and the language would be of great use there and ncould also enjoy the trip. At suppertime I invited the Frenchman to eat with me. He seemed to be a polite and discreet person, and his name was Monsieur Pierre Monfere. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ pp. 296-7
SOURCE for Caifer
« This Valley led us to Caifer (5), some Five Pharsangs, a Village blest with all Fruits Persia glories in, but above all, the choicest Oranges; fn. 5 Khafre of Wilson's map, lying, as Fryer says, between two ranges of hills- Kuh-i-Gushtasib and Kuh-i-Safidar. "I slept at an Inn built in an octagonal form, a good Legue from the River, with several villages between. The name of the Inn is Kaffer" (Tavernier, 251). » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 206
SOURCE for Cawger
« The third day we came to Cawger, and the same day at night we payed a Best upon every Bar. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 461
SOURCE for Chafer
« we arrived at a fair large Kervanʃeray, called Kervanʃeray Chafer, from the name of a Village cloſe by it, on the River-fide, which at this place is dwindled away almost to nothing, this is a great Village, and nothing to be ſeen in it but Gardens » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 p. 128
SOURCE for Chaffer
« The 27th daye we traveled 7 lges. of very craggi and vneven waye. We picht in a caravanserow wthin a furlong of a litle towne called Chaffer [Kafr]. This towne standeth between two hilles wch lyeth on from the other a leauge or ther- aboutes. Here is good water and store of date trees. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, 1935 ~ p. 79
SOURCE for Chaffert
« Wy reden voorby een Karrawanſera, genaamd Chaffert, [We passed by a Karrawanſera named Chaffert,] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 263
SOURCE for Chafr (Jesa)
« den 10. Dez. in 11 Stunden, von 2 Uhr nachts bis 1 Uhr mittags, gereist 7 Farsach zur Karawan- serei Olkä und dem Dorf Chafr, jetzt Jesa genannt. [On December 10th, in 11 hours, from 2 a.m. to 1 a.m., 7 Farsach traveled to the Olka caravanserai and the village of Chafr, now called Jesa.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 111
SOURCE for Cossir
« August 22. We rose from Dottiuan, and passing by Cossir, lodged at Agatakee. » #3146 Yule, Henry Colonel, The Diary Of William Hedges, The Hakluyt Society, London, 1889 ~ vol. 1 p. 207
SOURCE for dorp Gaffer
SOURCE for Gaffer
« van noden was te dragen) verselt met den schout van 't dorp Gaffer (1) fn. 1 Kafr (Siinla kaart.) Fryer heeft Caifer; hij teekent aan, dat hier de teelt van den dadelpalm eindigt. [of necessities) was hired with the sheriff of the village of Gaffer (1) fn. 1 Kafr (Siinla card.) Fryer has Caifer; he notes that the cultivation of the date palm ends here.] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 73
« Gaffer (Khafr) for each carga half a mahmudi for rāhdāri as in Lär, but a small pres- ent would have the same effect. » #3297 John Emerson, Rahdars and Their Tolls in Safavid and Afsharid Iran, Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient, 1987 vol. 30:no. 3:pp. 318-327 ~ p. 321
SOURCE for Ghor
« Après une traire de 7. lieues nous arrivi mes au village de Ghor, à une lieue de la petite ville de Nathans. [After a journey of 7 leagues we arrived at the village of Ghor, one league from the small town of Nathans.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 183
SOURCE for Gossaw
« About 12 at night sett out for Gossaw, 7½ farsangs, bad stoney way, but no mountain to pass. Past by Piraw, 5 farsangs to this place; here is a good Caravensaroy. Arrived here the 23rd about 11 forenoon.
note: Diary of 22 February 1707/8.
Gossaw. This place, called Cossir by Hedges (I, 207) and Chasor by Thévenot (Pt. II, 128), seems to be identical with the Caifer of Fryer, the Khafri of Wilson's map (Fryer, II, 206, n. 4), and the Kafer of Rennell's Map of Western Asia (1831). Khafr lies about 9 miles WNW. from Asmângird. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 41 and 47
SOURCE for Käfer
« Je terminai ma traite à un autre caravanserai,nommé Kafer (2), qui est situé vis-à-vis d'unbeau village de quelque cent maisons, mais qu'onprend de loin pour une petite ville à cause dugrand nombre de ses jardins. fn. 2 Le käravansérây de Käfer et le village qui en dépend sont situés dans un pays charmant. La description qu'en donne Chardin est pleinement justifiée par celles de Thévenot, tom. IV, p. 447, et de Fryer, New account of East India and Persia, etc. p. 244. [I finished my milking at another caravanserai, named Kafer (2), which is located opposite a beautiful village of about a hundred houses, but which from a distance is taken for a small town because of the large number of its gardens. fn. 2 The käravanséray of Käfer and the village which depends on it are located in a charming country. The description given by Chardin is fully justified by those of Thévenot, tom. IV, p. 447, and Fryer, New account of East India and Persia, etc. p. 244.] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 461
SOURCE for Kafre
« à peu de dis- tance est celui de Kâfre, que nous atteignons à une heure après-midi. [At a short distance is that of Kâfre, which we reach at one o'clock in the afternoon.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 458
SOURCE for Khabr
« Beyond Kuvar, also on the left bank of the river Sakkân, is the town of Khabr, noted for the tomb of Said, brother of Hasan-al-Basri, the theologian. Mustawfi states that Khabr was larger than Kuvar, and that near by was the famous castle of Tir-i-Khuda, 'God's Arrow,' so called from its inaccessibility, for it stood on a hill-top, so that no human arrow could attain it. » #895 Le Strange, G., The lands of the Eastern Caliphate. Mesopotamia, Persia, and Central Asia from the Moslem conquest to the time of Timur., Cambridge University Press, London, 1905, ~ p. 253
« Khabr (3). A medium-sized town, larger than Kavär, with a temperate climate; its water is wholesome. Its lands produce desert-wheat, also the fruits of both the hot and the cold region in excellent quality. It has a strong castle which is known as Tir-i-Khuda (God's Arrow), and game both of the mountain and the plain is found here. fn. 3 Modern Khafr. The Castle of God's Arrow according to the Fürs Namak was near Khayrah. » #1764 trans. G. Le Strange, The Geographical Part of the Nuzhat-al-qulub¯ Composed by Hamd-Allāh Mustawfi of Qazwin in 740 (1340), Brill, Leiden, 1919 ~ 115
« Khabr (of Ardashir Khurrah) - Attestations: Khabr (town?) was located in Ardashir Khurrah according to Mādigān i Hezār Dādistān (MHD 78. 13) (78). The MHD (MHD A19.13-16) includes a phrase that implies that Khabr and Kovar were close to each other. The paragraph reads as follows: "In one place it is written, that if he declares this: 'if I do not depart to Kovar and Khabr on the day Ormizd, I shall give thirty dirhams', then if he departed to Kovar or to Khabr, he is not obliged to pay thirty dirhams". - Identification: The town and district of Khabr of Ardashir Khurrah was also recorded by an Islamic geographer (79). The modern village of Shahr-e Khafr (Town of Khafr) is located about 50 km to the southeast of Kovar, east of Firuzabad.
fn. 79 Istakhri: 120; Ibn-e Howqal: 275 »
#2877 Negin Miri, Historical Geography of Fars during the Sasanian Period, e-Sasanika, 2009, 10: ~ p. 20
SOURCE for Khafr
« Rivadaneyra continuing his journey from Firūzābād to Darab crossed the river by a ford between the villages of Tadwān and "Assun-Dscherd" (Asmängird?). He also admires the pleasant and flourishing aspect of Khafr. » #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 6 p. 384
« The 27th daye we traveled lges. of very craggi and vneven waye. We picht in a caravanserow wthin a furlong of a litle towne called Chaffer [Kafr]. This towne standeth between two hilles weh lyeth on from the other a leauge or theraboutes. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, London, 1935 ~ p. 79
« At right of the 6 miles the village of Khafr is passed, ½ a mile to the E. of the road in a small valley. » #3080 Simla Drawing Office, General Staff, India, Mobilisation Routes In Persia (Vol. IV, Part II) (Fars, Laristan, Kerman And Yazd) British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 179
« (20) tο Khafr 8 farsakhs. A hamlet of date-palms where araq of Portuguese grapes is made. It is a bad road.is passed. At 3 leagues Tarsu [? sic), 2 leagues off the road. A large river is is passed. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219 notes
« Le dix-neuvième, je fus à chevalà quatre heures du matin, et marchai le long du vallon rempli de plusieurs villages, et que la même rivière dont je viens de parler rend assez fertile. Sur les huit heures je m'arrêtai à un carvansera bati en octogone, qui est à une grande lieue de la rivière, et dans cet espace il y a quelques villages. Le carvansera se nomme Khafr. [On the nineteenth, I mounted my horse at four o'clock in the morning and rode along the valley, which is dotted with several villages and made quite fertile by the same river I just mentioned. Around eight o'clock, I stopped at a caravanserai built in the shape of an octagon, about a league from the river, and within this area are several villages. The caravanserai is called Khafr.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 311
SOURCE for Khafro
« Khafro » in {map#1203 in #1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.) 31:2:152-69 ~ fig. Country between Bandar Abbas abd Siraz}

R86-021 Chesimon moddafar
R86-021 Chesimon moddafar : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS names: Mozaffari , Muzaffari , مظفری ,
VARIANT names: Mozaffari ,
POSSIBLE LOCATION at Mozaffari FOR Moyechaw [],
SOURCE for Mozaffari

R86-022 Cowel
R86-022 Cowel : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: none independent coordinate: lat 29.480237 long 52.636543 † basis (p)
VARIANT names: Cowel , Reh Pasa fortress ,
SOURCE for Cowel
« The fift day wee came to Cowel, which is a Casal neere to Shiras: this night we payed a dutie upon our goods. The sixth day in the morning, we came to the Citie of Shiras » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 461
SOURCE for Reh Pasa fortress
Sassanid fortress of Reh Pasa [قلعه ساسانی ره پسا]
« Dopo tre leghe in circa di strada, passammo un ponte, sotto al quale allora non vi era acqua alcuna, ma in certi tempi vi suol correre un torrente che cala alle volte. dai monti d'intorno. Si chiama il ponte di Passà, perchè sta nella strada che a Passà conduce. Passa si dice volgarmente in voce questo nome, benchè nella scrittura al modo degli Arabi, i quali non hanno la P, con la F, secondo il lor costume, Fassà, o Phassà, lo sogliono scrivere. Passato quel ponte, si trova subito un caravanserai e certe case disfatte a piè di un poggio, sopra il quale si vede altre volte esservi stato un castello: ma ora ogni cosa è rovinata, ed il caravanserai ancora, benchè pur resti in piedi, è abbandonato nondimeno; il che credo che avvenga, perchè il luogo patisce di acqua. [After about three leagues of road, we passed a bridge, under which there was no water at that time, but at certain times a stream usually runs across it and sometimes drops. from the surrounding mountains. It is called the Passà bridge, because it is on the road that leads to Passà. This name is commonly spoken by voice, although in writing in the manner of the Arabs, who do not have the P, with the F, according to their custom, Fassà, or Phassà, they usually write it. Once you have crossed that bridge, you immediately find a caravanserai and some ruined houses at the foot of a hill, on which you can see that there has once been a castle: but now everything is ruined, and the caravanserai is still standing, although it remains standing. abandoned nevertheless; which I believe happens, because the place suffers from water.] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 273

R86-023 Shiras
R86-023 Shiras : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Chimaz , Chiraz , Schiras , Shiraz , Siraz , شیراز ,
VARIANT names: Chiras , Chiraz , Chyraz , Giras , Giraz , Schiras , Sciras , Sciraz , Scyras , Sehiras , Shira-its-tsi-ish , Shirass , Shiraz , Siras , Siràs or Xiràs or Sciraz , Širaz , Sjiraas , Sjiraas , Stadt Siraes , Syras , Xiras , Xiraz , Zjie-raes ,
SOURCE for Chiras
« dinge alle de omleggende vlekken hooren, en daarvan hij in Chiras aan den gouverneur reekeningh doen moet, [let all the destroyers hear the things, and he must give an account of them to the governor in Chiras,] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 74
« Le 17, j'arrivai à Chiras, foible et défait, [On the 17th, I arrived in Chiras, weak and defeated,] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 9 p. 90
« Je n'ai point voulu marquer par le compas la route que je tenois , jour par jour, d'Ispalian à Chiras, car c'est presque la même chose chaque jour ; [I did not want to mark with the compass the route I took, day by day, from Ispalian to Chiras, because it is almost the same thing every day;] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 241
SOURCE for Chiraz
« ITINÉRAIRE DE CHIRAZ A SIRAF. De Chiraz à Kafra كفرة village 15 milles.?? » #3001 Al-Idrisi, P. Amedee Jaubert, Geographie d'Edrisi, Bertrand, Paris, 1836 ~ vol. 1 p. 400
SOURCE for Chyraz
« Chyraz » in {map#1255 Carte de la Perse, de la Turquie d'Asie et d'une partie de la Tartarie Indépendante / dressée par P. Lapie... ; gravée par Blondeau..., , 1810, Bibliothèque nationale de France, département Cartes et plans, GE C-10435}
« Chyraz » in {map#1253 Carte de la Perse, de la Turquie d'Asie et d'une partie de la Tartarie Indépendante / Dressée par P. Lapie, ... pour les Voyages de Chardin ; Gravée par Blondeau, ..., , 1810, }
« Arrivé à la porte de Chyraz, un individu préposé à je ne sais quoi se jeta sur Alawerdi et le secoua avec violence; on lui demanda 2 krowns, je ne sais à quel titre. Alawerdi résista, mais le préposé s'empara du fusil qu'il portait en bandoulière. Je le laissai faire, bien persuadé que j'en obtiendrais raison. Je fus d'abord à la douane où je déposai mes effets qui furent culbutés,, Dieu sait comme! et me rendis ensuite chez le nabab où je retrouvai mon logement. [Arriving at the gate of Chyraz, an individual in charge of I don't know what threw himself on Alawerdi and shook him violently; he was asked for 2 krowns, I don't know for what reason. Alawerdi resisted, but the attendant grabbed the rifle he was carrying across his shoulder. I let him do it, fully convinced that I would get his way. I first went to customs where I deposited my belongings which were overturned, God knows how! and then went to the nawab where I found my accommodation.] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 603
SOURCE for Giras
« GIRAS, cidade de - Shiraz, em 29° 38' lat. N. e 52° 31' long. E., na Pérsia. [P. Fernão Guerreiro - Relações Anais]. [GIRAS, city of - Shiraz, in 29° 38' lat. N. and 52° 31' long. E., in Persia. [P. Fernão Guerreiro - Annals].] » #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953, ~ vol. D-N p. 85
SOURCE for Giraz
« From there they will go to the city of Vargim, and from there to the city of Giraz » #2516 Afonso de Albuquerque, ed.Raymundo Antonio de Bulhão Pato, Henrique Lopes de Mendonça, Cartas de Affonso de Albuquerque, seguidas de documentos que as elucidam, Academia Real Das Sciencias de Lisboa, 1884, 1898 ~ vol. 2 p. 249
SOURCE for Schiras
« Le seizième de mars à huit heures du matin, je partis de Schiras, et après six heures de marche dans la plaine, qui cesse d'être fertile à une lieue de la ville, [On the sixteenth of March at eight o'clock in the morning, I left Schiras, and after six hours of walking in the plain, which ceases to be fertile a league from the town,] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 310
« J'arrivay à Schiras ſur les fix heures du ſoir ; [I arrived at Shiras around six o'clock in the evening;] » #3632 Tavernier, Jean-Baptiste, Les six voyages de Jean Baptiste Tavernier, Ecuyer Baron d'Aubonne, qu'il a fait en Turquie, en Perse, et aux Indes,, Chez Gervais Clouzier et Claude Barbin, 1676 ~ p. 656
« La Ville de Schiras, où nous arrivames enfin le 4 de Mars, n'eſt qu'à 1 mille de Tſchinar Raddar vers l'Eſt. Nous employames donc dixhuit jours, pour faire le Voyage d'Abuſchäbhr à Schiras, au lieu que fans cela, quelqu'un peut facilement faire ce Voyage en fix jours. La cauſe que nous étions fi longtems en chemin, n'étoit pas ſeulement le mauvais tems et le détour par Kormudſch, mais que la plus part des Marchandises de notre Kaffle, n'étoient chargées que fur des mauvais Anes, qui ne pouvoient faire que de petites journées. [The city of Shiras, where we finally arrived on March 4th, is only one mile east of Tſchinar Raddar.
It therefore took us eighteen days to make the journey from Abuſschäbhr to Shiras, whereas someone could easily make this journey in ten days. The reason we were so long on the road was not only the bad weather and the detour via Kormudſsh, but also that most of the goods in our wagon were loaded only onto poor donkeys, which could only travel for short periods.] » #3642 Niebuhr, Carsten, Voyage en Arabie et en d'autres pays circonvoisins, vol. 2, S.J. Baalde, Amsterdam, 1780 ~ vol. 2 p. 91
SOURCE for Sciras
« . Egli, mentre facemmo dimora a Sciras, non volle che noi ſpendeſsimo, per non offender le leggi dell'oſpitalità; [While we were staying in Sciras, he did not want us to spend money so as not to offend the laws of hospitality; ] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p.263
SOURCE for Sciraz
« Fatta poi notte, di nuovo ci rimettemmo alla via; e il mercoledi, ventidue di giugno, camminate pian piano e molto adagio le due o tre sole leghe che restavano infin alla città di Sciraz, non prima dell'alba ci arrivamnto. [Then when night fell, we set off again; and on Wednesday, the twenty-second of June, you walked slowly and very slowly the only two or three leagues that remained until the city of Sciraz, arriving there not before dawn.] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 362
« A due o tre ore di notte facemmo di nuovo levata, e dopo aver camminato tutto il resto della notte, il sabbato, sedici di ottobre, fatte le sci altre leghe che sole restavano a giorno chiaro, levato già il sole, arrivammo ai giardini di Sciraz, la qual città è situata pur in un bel piano circondato quasi d'ogn'intorno da monti, [At two or three o'clock in the morning we rose again, and after having walked all the rest of the night, on Saturday, the sixteenth of October, having skied the other leagues that were left in the light of day, the sun having already risen, we arrived at the gardens of Sciraz, which city is situated on a beautiful plain surrounded almost on all sides by mountains,] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 265
SOURCE for Scyras
« Het Landt roudtom Scyras is seer buchtbaar; maar boven al in Wijngaarden/die den Wijn voastrengen / welke dosz geheel Perfien, en selfs daar bupten / voor den besten van de ge heele Werelt gehouden. werdt / zijnde noch geuriger/ krachti ger/en forter als de Canarie-Sck. [The Land of Scyras is very famous; but above all in Vineyards / that supply the Wine / which are entirely Perfian, and even there / held for the best in the entire World. was / being neither more fragrant / more powerful / and stronger than the Canarie-Sck.] » #3243 Jan Janszoon Struys, Drie aanmerkelijke en seer rampspoedige Reysen, Meurs, 1677 ~ p. 354
SOURCE for Sehiras
« Having view'd these Antiquities, which with those of Derbent, were all we met with in our Travels, I prosecuted my jour|ney the 28. of Ianuary, and got that day ten Leagues, to the City of Sehiras. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ Mandelslo pt. 2 p. 2
SOURCE for Shira-its-tsi-ish
see source « Syras »
SOURCE for Shirass
« Dined here and went away for Shirass, being 5 farsangs, bad way up hills and down ; about the middle of the way in a fine plain is a good caravensaroy. Arrjved at Shirass at 8 at night. 21st [February], being Sunday. Went away for Bobbahodge. 9 farsangs good way . » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ p. 41
SOURCE for Shiraz
« This route passed Tarom, Forgh, Rustak, Darab, Darakan, Fasa, Sarvestan and then Shiraz, and from there onwards to Isfahan. This was the normal trade route prior the reign of Shah `Abbas I (1587-1629) . » #3002 Willem Floor, Persian Gulf: Links with the Hinterland, Bushehr, Borazjan, Kazerun, Banu Ka`b and Bandar Abbas, Mage Publishers, Washington, 2015 ~ p. 252 and #1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 67
« 24th February, Khan-i-Zanyan, 3 farsakhs ; 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. 25th February, Shiraz, 8 farsakhs ; 5.30 a.m. to 4 p.m. Next morning early, we saddled our horses for Shiraz. We had thirty-two miles to march, and the road, winding among bare mountain-tops, proved less interesting than any stage since Burazjan. » #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1882 ~ p. 45
« next night pitching a farfangh ſhort of Shiraz; where we expected a ceremonious entrance » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 132
« Hastening on towards Shiráz, I met a line inspector on tour, Mr Jefferies, who informed the that there was a riot taking place in the capital of Fárs. Accordingly, with very brief visits to the stupendous monuments of Persepolis, which I fortunately was able to examine carefully five years later, marched rapidly on, and being warned to avoid the town, proceeded to the beautiful Telegraph Garden, where I was most hospitably received by Dr Scully, the entertainer of almost every European traveller in Persia. » #1631 Sykes, Major P. Molesworth, Ten thousand miles in Persia or eight years in Iran, John Murray, London, 1902, ~ p. 80-81
« and thence in 5 leagues to the city of Shiraz. Total: from Yazdi-khwāst to Shiraz 44 leagues, » #1764 ed. Le Strange, G., The geographical part of the Nuzhat-al-qulub composed by Hamd-Alla¯h Mustawfi¯ of Qazwi¯n in 740 (1340), E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1919 ~ p. 176
« Further on, we passed the fine tomb of Shah Ameer Hamza, son of the Imaum Moosa; and crossing a bridge over the dry bed of a river, we entered Shiraz before dark. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ p. 287
« Although the city is the capital of the historic province of Fars and by right of inheritance the successor to the glory of Persepolis, the claim which Shiraz can make to eminence by reason of antiquity is not comparable with that of either Hamadan or Rei in Media of old. The general location of the city, it is true, is probably an ancient one, as shown by the vestiges of Achsemenian and Sasanian ruins in the vicinity, » #3178 Jackson, A. V. Williams, Persia past and present; a book of travel and research, with more than two hundred illustrations and a map, The Macmillan Company, London, 1906 ~ p. 324
SOURCE for Siras
« The 24th daye about 12 a clok att night we did sett out of the citie of Siras, comonly called by the inhabitans Shiras, and traveling over theplayne, » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, London, 1935 ~ p.78
« In our Stay here we had Opportunity to observe Siras, not only by Fame, but indeed to be, second to none, except the Royal City, in the whole Empire: » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 211
« Siras (Shirāz) for each carga half a mahmudi as in Lār » #3297 John Emerson, Rahdars and Their Tolls in Safavid and Afsharid Iran, Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient, 1987 vol. 30:no. 3:pp. 318-327 ~ p. 321
SOURCE for Siràs or Xiràs or Sciraz
« fn. 30. Bembo gives three spellings for Shiraz: "Siràs or Xiràs or Sciraz." Persepolis is 80 km north of Shiraz. The plain to which Bembo refers is Marv Dasht, and he gives the name "Mircascun" to the town of Zargan. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ p. 298
SOURCE for Širaz
« Širāz VI C4
Id Iran
Métropole (misr) de la province du Fāris et circonscription
IV 391 » #2912 Georgette Cornu, Atlas du monde arabo-islamique a l'epoque classique IXe-Xe siecles, E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1985, ~ p. 58
SOURCE for Sjiraas
« Den 11. dito na 2 mylen, aan de voor aan in Sjiraas gelegene Tsaarbag, daar van velen verwelkomt wierd. [The 11th ditto after 2 miles, at the front of Tsarbag located in Shiraas, where many were welcomed.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
« Den 7. dito vertrokken wy van Sjiraas, hadden een goeden weg, en rondom ons veel dorpen. [On the 7th we left Shiraas, had a good road, and many villages around us.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 263
« Den 6. dito wierd zyn. Ed: door eenige Armeniers bezogt, door hen met eenige tafel-vrugten beichonken, en 's namiddags door deneerſten ſchryver des Viziers verzogt, om op te zitten, weshalven zyn ed: na Sjiraas vertrok, [On the 6th his Ed: was visited by some Armenians, by whom he was refreshed with some table fruits, and in the afternoon he was requested by the chief scribe of the Vizier to sit on, wherefore his Ed: departed after Sjiraas,] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 274
SOURCE for Stadt Siraes
SOURCE for Syras
« Persia alla via di levante (A levante, ove prima si trova la città de Syras la quale) li..20., ha populo inumerabile, mercadanti assaissimi, perchè tutti i mercadanti che vengono da le parte di sopra, cioè da Ere, Sanmarcahanthe (299) e da li in suso (volendo vegnir per la via de la Persia) passano per Syras, (300) fn. 299. Sanmarcahanth Samarcanda, la principale città della Transoxiana. RUY GONZALES DE CLAVIJO, che Enrico III di Castiglia aveva inviato come ambasciatore a Timur nel 1405, ci ha lasciato una descrizione di Samarcanda quale era ai suoi tempi; cfr. la sua opera Embassy to Tamerlane, cit., pp. 285-290. (Lo.) fn. 300. Syras Shiraz. Contrariamente a quanto comunemente si crede, Shiraz è una città molto antica. Poco dopo la seconda guerra mondiale, G. Cameron scopri a Persepoli alcune tavolette in lingua elamita, recanti dettagli sulle paghe degli operai ivi impegnati nella costruzione del palazzo di Dario; su una di tali tavolette compare il nome di Shiraz, sotto la forma Shira-its-tsi-ish. Si ha così la prova che la città esisteva già nel periodo degli Achemenidi. In quel tempo, tuttavia, essa era messa in ombra da Persepoli. Sotto i Sasanidi Shiraz fu capitale dell'Ardashir Khurreh, uno dei cin- que distretti in cui era divisa la provincia del Färs. ... [Persia on the eastern road (To the east, where first is the city of Syras which) li..20., has an innumerable population, very many merchants, because all the merchants who come from the upper parts, that is from Ere, Sanmarcahanthe (299) and from there upwards (wanting to come by the road to Persia) pass through Syras, (300) fn. 299. Sanmarcahanth Samarkand, the principal city of Transoxiana. RUY GONZALES DE CLAVIJO, whom Henry III of Castile had sent as ambassador to Timur in 1405, has left us a description of Samarkand as it was in his time; cf. his work Embassy to Tamerlane, cit., pp. 285-290. (Lo.) fn. 300. Syras Shiraz. Contrary to popular belief, Shiraz is a very ancient city. Shortly after the Second World War, G. Cameron discovered in Persepolis some tablets in the Elamite language, containing details of the wages of the workers employed there in the construction of the palace of Darius; on one of these tablets the name of Shiraz appears, in the form Shira-its-tsi-ish. This is evidence that the city already existed in the period of the Achaemenids. At that time, however, it was overshadowed by Persepolis. Under the Sassanids Shiraz was the capital of Ardashir Khurreh, one of the five districts into which the province of Färs was divided. ...] » #3310 Lockhart,L. Morozzo Della Rocca,R. Tiepolo,M.F., I viaggi in Persia degli ambasciatori veneti Barbaro e Contarini, Ist. Poligrafico dello Stato, 1973 ~ p. 142
SOURCE for Xiras
« A 24, vispera de Sancta Catalina martir, despues de auer enuiado delante muy de mañana el Enbaxador su rrecamara y todas las demas cargas, le vinieron á dar auiso como le querian ya salir á reçibir de Xiras, [On the 24th, the eve of Sancta Catalina martyr, after the Enbaxador had sent his chamber and all the other loads in front of him very early in the morning, they came to inform him how they wanted him and to leave to receive Xiras,] » #3245 García de Silva y Figueroa, Manuel Serrano y Sanz, Comentarios De D. Garcia De Silva Y Figueroa De La Embajada Que De Parte Del Rey De España Don Felipe III Hizo Al Rey Xa Abas De Persia, La Spciedad de Bibliofilos Espanoles, Madrid, 1905 ~ vol. 1 p. 332
« A 5 de Abril, en la tarde, salio el Enbaxador de Xiras, dexando algunos criados suyos con mas de çiento y çinquenta cargas de la pimienta que se lleuaua al rey de Persia, [On April 5th, in the afternoon, the Ambassador of Xiras left, leaving some of his servants with more than one hundred and fifty loads of pepper that he was taking to the King of Persia.] » #3245 García de Silva y Figueroa, Manuel Serrano y Sanz, Comentarios De D. Garcia De Silva Y Figueroa De La Embajada Que De Parte Del Rey De España Don Felipe III Hizo Al Rey Xa Abas De Persia, La Spciedad de Bibliofilos Espanoles, Madrid, 1905 ~ vol. 1 p. 367
SOURCE for Xiraz
« XIRAZ, cidade de - Shiraz, em 29° 38' lat. N. e 52° 31' long. E., na Pérsia. [João de Barros-Da Asia). [XIRAZ, city of - Shiraz, in 29° 38' lat. N. and 52° 31' long. E., in Persia. [João de Barros-From Asia).] » #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953, ~ vol. O-Z p. 287
SOURCE for Zjie-raes
« arriv?mes à minuit au Caravanserai de Babbahad-jie, à 5. lieuës de Zjie-raes. [and arrived at midnight at the Caravanserai of Babbahad-jie, 5 leagues from Zjie-raes.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 312

R86-022a gate of fair coloured stone
R86-022a gate of fair coloured stone : place IRN
VARIANT names: Bab-i Istahr , D. Esfahan , Derwaza Shah Meerza Hamza , Estakhr Gate , gate of fair coloured stone , Isfahan P. ,
SOURCE for Bab-i Istahr
« Bab-i Istahr » in {map#1282 in #3152 ed. David Durand-Guédy, Jürgen Paul, Roy Mottahedeh, Cities of Medieval Iran, Brill, Leiden, 2020 ~ fig. map 1 Map of Medieval Shiraz based on textual sources}
SOURCE for D. Esfahan
« D. Esfahan » in {map#1271 in #3003 John R. Perry, Karim Khan Zand A History of Iran, 1747-1779, University of Chicago Press, Chicago:London, 2015 ~ fig. Fig. 3 Shiraz under Karim Khan}
SOURCE for Derwaza Shah Meerza Hamza
« The city of Shirauz has fix gates, of which the following are the names: I ft, Derwaza Bag Shah; 2d, Derwaza Shah Meerza Hamza; 3d, Derwaza Sadi, fo called from its leading to the tomb of that celebrated poet ; 4th, Derwaza Cuffub Khana, adjoining to the flefh market; 5th, Derwaza Shadaje; 6th, Derwaza Kazeroon, » #3277 Francklin, William, Observations made on a tour from Bengal to Persia, in the years 1786-7; with a short account of the remains of the celebrated palace of Persepolis and other interesting events, Stuart and Cooper, Calcutta, 1788 ~ p. 22
SOURCE for Estakhr Gate
«According to Mostowfi, in 1340 Shiraz had nine gates. (11) ... Estakhr Gate: on the north side of the city, in an area called the Esfahan Gate in 1972. fn. 11 Nozhat al-Golub p. 113» #3194 John W. Limbert, Shiraz in the Age of Hafez The Glory of a Medieval Persian City, University of Washington Press, 2004 ~ p. 53
SOURCE for gate of fair coloured stone
« To the North of the Towne is a Gate of very faire coloured stone, which is a little beyond the Horse-mart and without this Gate are all the Sheepe and Goats sold, that serve for the Towne. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 461
SOURCE for Isfahan P.
« Isfahan P. » in {map#1422 in #3642 Niebuhr, Carsten, Voyage en Arabie et en d'autres pays circonvoisins, vol. 2, S.J. Baalde, Amsterdam, 1780 ~ fig. Tab. XXXV. Schiras plan}

R86-017 Olous
R86-017 Olous : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS feature: none independent coordinate: lat 28.014602 long 54.157021 † basis (u, p)
Supplement: Dating: built before 1665, Safavid (156). f.n. 156 J.Thèvenot, Suite du voyage de Levant (Paris 1674) 456.
VARIANT names: Caravansera , Dahra Caravanserai , Dehra , Dera , Karavanserail Khole (Dehra) , Karawanserei Dehra , Karawanserei Dehra , Khola-e dehra , Khole caravanserai , Olous ,
SOURCE for Caravansera
SOURCE for Dahra Caravanserai
Khawla or Dehra Caravanserai کاروانسرای خوله یا دهرا
SOURCE for Dehra
« We left it next day, being Thursday, at one a Clock in the Morning, and Travelled in ſtony way until half an hour after two, that we came into a fair fmooth way, where having Travelled on till five, we arrived at an ugly little Kervanferay, called Dehra, where there are ſome Rhadars; we paid nothing there, becauſe of an order which Monfieur Tavernier had, to pay nothing in Perfis Without ftopping at that place, we continued our Journey, » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ pt. 2 p. 130
« where having Travelled on till five, we arrived at an ugly little Kervanʃeray, called Dehra, where there are ſome Rhadars; » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 p. 130
SOURCE for Dera
« Dien zelven dag des avonds vertrokken wy weder, hadden een tamelyken weg, en quamen ontrent middernagt by een elendige Karrawantera, genaamd Dera, hielden ons verblyf in tenten, en vonden alhier redclyk water. Ontrent ½ myl van hier legt de Heer Joannes Keyts, gewezen Directeur van Persien, begraven, gelyk in den optogt verhaald is, ook gaf zyn Ed: bevel, om een Tombe, hem ter cere, op te regten. [That same day in the evening we set out again, had a fair journey, and arrived about midnight at a miserable Karrawantera, called Dera, where we abode in tents, and found here fair water. About half a mile from here lies buried Mr. Joannes Keyts, ex-Director of Persia, as was related in the procession, and his Honour also gave orders to erect a tomb in his honour.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 2 p. 264
SOURCE for Karavanserail Khole (Dehra)
« Karavanserail Khole (Dehra) bei Ahmadabad (Abb. 5; 225) 155Lage: 36 km südöstlich von Benaru, 17 km nordwestlich von Beriz, an der Straße von Djahrom nach Lar.Typ: Zentralbau mit erhöhter Mittelkuppel über kreuz- förmigem Grundriß mit vier Eckräumen und zwei seitlich angeordneten Stallungen.Abmessungen: Außenmaße ohne Portalrisalite 19,90 x 11,80 m, Gebäudehöhe 4,90 m, Höhe der Kuppel 8 m. Baumaterial: Bruchstein. Bauliche Besonderheiten und Zustand: Stark verfallen. Inschriften: keine bekannt. Datierung: Erbaut vor 1665, safavidisch (156). fn. 156 J.Thèvenot, Suite du voyage de Levant (Paris 1674) 456. [Karavanserail Khole (Dehra) near Ahmadabad (Fig. 5; 225) 155Location: 36 km southeast of Benaru, 17 km northwest of Beriz, on the road from Djahrom to Lar.Type: Central building with a raised central dome over a cross-shaped floor plan with four corner rooms and two stables on the sides.Dimensions: External dimensions without portal projections 19.90 x 11.80 m, building height 4.90 m, height of the dome 8 m. Building material: quarry stone. Structural features and condition: heavily dilapidated. Inscriptions: none known. Dating: built before 1665, Safavid (156). fn. 156 J.Thèvenot, Suite du voyage de Levant (Paris 1674) 456.] » #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ p. 125
« Verläßt man Biris auf der Straße Richtung Djahrom vorbei am Imamzadeh Ahmad ebn-e Muhammad Hanafie, so erreicht man nach der Überquerung eines Passes mit einer bereits von Tavernier bemerkten ausgedehnten Sperranlage eine weite Ebene, in deren ungefährem Zentrum nahe dem Dorf Ahmadabad bei km 68 ein Karavanserail von rechteckigem Grundriß liegt (Abb. 6; Taf. 31,3). Der Bau besteht aus vier quadratischen Kammern, welche sich nach außen öffnen und die von einem kreuzförmigen Gang getrennt werden, wobei der Kreuzungspunkt mit einer Kuppel überwölbt ist, Gänge und Kammern weisen flache Spitztonnengewölbe auf. An zwei Seiten der Anlage sind Ställe angebaut, welche über die ganze Breite des Bauwerkes laufen. Das Karavanserail, welches heute etwa zwei Kilo- meter südlich der modernen Straße und etwas versteckt liegt, entspricht in der Form einer ganzen Reihe ähnlicher Bauten, die Gaube an der Strecke Bandar Abbas-Lar aufgenommen hat, wobei der Grundriß hier noch durch die seitlich angefügten Ställe ergänzt wird. Das Karavanserail dürfte um 1665 schon bestanden haben, da Thèvenot und später Kaempfer zwischen Biris und Benaru ein Karavanserail Dehra" nennen, in dem ein Rahdar-Posten zur Steuererhebung untergebracht war; Dupré nennt an dieser Stelle ein Karavan- serail Kholé (27). fn. 27 Dupré11 1 447. [If you leave Biris on the road towards Djahrom, past the Imamzadeh Ahmad ebn-e Muhammad Hanafie, you will reach a wide plain after crossing a pass with an extensive barrier already noted by Tavernier, in the approximate center of which, near the village of Ahmadabad at km 68, there is a caravanserai with a rectangular ground plan (Fig. 6; Pl. 31,3). The building consists of four square chambers that open outwards and are separated by a cross-shaped corridor, with the crossing point vaulted with a dome. The corridors and chambers have flat pointed barrel vaults. Stables are attached to two sides of the complex, which run across the entire width of the building. The caravanserail, which today lies about two kilometers south of the modern road and somewhat hidden, corresponds in form to a whole series of similar buildings that Gaube recorded on the Bandar Abbas-Lar route, whereby the ground plan here is supplemented by the stables attached to the side. The caravanserail must have existed as early as 1665, since Thèvenot and later Kaempfer mention a caravanserail called "Dehra" between Biris and Benaru, in which a Rahdar post for tax collection was housed; Dupré mentions a caravanserail called Kholé at this point (27). fn. 27 Dupré11 1 447.] » #3240 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lar-Bastak., Archäologische Mitteilungen aus Iran, 1984 vol. 17:pp. 285-308 ~ p. 293
SOURCE for Karawanserei Dehra
« Inzwischen kamen verlassene Wege dazu, OSO 1/4 Farsach zur Karawanserei Dehra War klein, viereckig. [In the meantime, deserted paths were added, OSO 1/4 Farsach to the Dehra caravanserai. It was small, square. ] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 118
« den 18. Dez. 1685 vor Sonnenaufgang bis zu dem großen Dorfe Biriis (Beriẞ) 5 Farsach. Durch öde und beinah kreisförmige Windungen der Berge, etwa so: Zwischen O+ S und OSO ¼ Farsach. Inzwischen kamen verlassene Wege dazu, OSO ¼ Farsach zur Karawanserei Dehra. War klein, viereckig. Weiter durch ebene und öde Strecken derselben Ebene ½ Farsach, dann O + S nach Râdâhr chânä (Rahdar chanä, Straßenmeisterei) Dehra ½ Farsach, alles in allem 5 Farsach, aber das Obige mag korrigiert werden, weil in den tollen Windungen ringsum und zwischen den Bergen zu viel bloß geschätzt, weil die Windungen die Zeit zu lang gemacht. [18th December 1685 before sunrise to the large village of Biriis (Beriẞ) 5 Farsach. Through desolate and almost circular windings of the mountains, something like this: between E + S and ESE ¼ Farsach. In the meantime abandoned paths were added, ESE ¼ Farsach to the caravanserai Dehra. It was small, square. Further through flat and desolate stretches of the same plain ½ Farsach, then E + S to Râdâhr chânä (Rahdar chanä, road maintenance office) Dehra ½ Farsach, all in all 5 Farsach, but the above can be corrected because in the crazy windings all around and between the mountains it is an overestimate, because the windings made the time too long.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 118
SOURCE for Khola-e dehra(Arch. Site)
« Khola-e dehra » in {map#1180 in #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ fig. Abb. 14 Karawanenwege zwischen Djahrom und Lar und Khondj und Lar sowie südlich und östlich von Lar}
SOURCE for Khole caravanserai
« Le 24 février, nous suivons la vallée en nous dirigeant à l'ouest. Vers l'extrémité, le terrain est inculte et rocailleux. Après l'avoir quittée, nous traversons un torrent qui était à sec, et gravissons une montagne reinplie de spath calcaire. Ce passage est souvent dangereux. Sur le revers est une citerne sans eau. On voit à gauche, au pied d'une colline, un aqué- duc, et un quart de lieue plus loin, un cara- vansérail tombant en ruines, appelé Kholè; auprès sont deux citernes, dont l'une est de forme circulaire, et l'autre est en berceau. [On the 24th of February, we followed the valley, heading west. Towards the end, the ground was uncultivated and rocky. After leaving it, we crossed a torrent which was dry, and climbed a mountain covered with calcareous spar. This passage is often dangerous. On the reverse side is a cistern without water. On the left, at the foot of a hill, we see an aqueduct, and a quarter of a league further on, a caravanserai falling into ruins, called Kholè; near it are two cisterns, one of which is circular in shape, and the other is barrel-shaped.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 447
SOURCE for Olous
« The seven and twentieth day we lodged at Olous. The nine and twentieth, we departed from Olous: » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 460-461
[insufficient data but possible location.PBR]

R86-018 Goven
R86-018 Goven : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Juwun , Juyom , Juyum , Zhoyum , جویم ,
VARIANT names: Djiouhoun , Djuyom , Djuyum , Goven , Goyeme , Goyreeome , Guin , Gujum , Guwaim Abi Ahmed , Guwaym Abu Ahmad , Guyom , Jiyum , Joyom , Juian or Juwun , Juium , Juwun , Juyam , Juyom ,
SOURCE for Djiouhoun
« Ces canaux servent à fertiliser les champs voisins du village de Djiouhoun, où nous arrivâmes à onze heures et demie. Sur la droite est une enceinte faite de terre et flanquée de tours. A côté sont les habitations des villageois, [These canals serve to fertilize the fields near the village of Djiouhoun, where we arrived at half past eleven. On the right is an enclosure made of earth and flanked by towers. Next to it are the villagers' dwellings,] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 450
SOURCE for Djuyom
« Eine neuere Route führt heute von Benaru über Djuyom und Mansurabad nördlich des Kuh-e Alburs durch die Tang-e Kulin und Tang-e Khatiz nach Djahrom. Die einzigen Karavanserails auf dieser Strecke finden sich in Djuyom. Herbert scheint ein Karavanserail in Djuyom auf seiner Reise, die von Qotbabad direkt unter Umgehung von Djahrom nach Benaru führte, im Jahre 1627 benutzt zu ha- ben, da er zwischen „Guyom", dem heutigen Djuyom und „Cut-Bobbaw", dem heutigen Qotbabad, keine weiteren Karavanserails oder Etappenorte nennt. Es muß daher fraglich sein, ob Djuyom als Ort der safavidischen Bandar Abbas-Shiraz Strafße zu zählen ist oder schon zu einem Seitenzweig der Straße, wel- cher von Benaru über Djuyom nach Qotbabad oder auch nach Darab führte, gehörte. [A newer route today leads from Benaru via Djuyom and Mansurabad north of the Kuh-e Albur through the Tang-e Kulin and Tang-e Khatiz to Djahrom. The only caravanserails on this route are in Djuyom. Herbert seems to have used a caravanserail in Djuyom on his journey in 1627, which led from Qotbabad directly to Benaru, bypassing Djahrom, as he does not mention any other caravanserails or stopping places between "Guyom", today's Djuyom, and "Cut-Bobbaw", today's Qotbabad. It must therefore be questioned whether Djuyom should be counted as a place on the Safavid Bandar Abbas-Shiraz road or whether it was already part of a branch of the road that led from Benaru via Djuyom to Qotbabad or even to Darab.] » #3206 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lae-Bastak., Archäologische Mitteilungen aus Iran, 1984 vol. 17:pp. 285-308 ~ p. 296
SOURCE for Djuyum
« Djūyum » in Map 1. The routes from Shiraz to the Gulf via Lår (1638-1706). (After Jacqueline Calmard, Les routes de Chiraz au Golfe Persique.) #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 5 p. 666
SOURCE for Goven
« we departed from Olous: and neere unto it is a very great Casal, called Goven, which hath Angour and Corma plentie. And this night we payed at our Baite upon every summe Pull: And at Goven endeth the Countrey of Lar. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 461
[insufficient data but possible location.PBR]
SOURCE for Goyeme
« Next night we lay in Goyeme, bragging in a thousand rotten houſes » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 131
SOURCE for Goyreeome
« Then being fearefull that we should haue beene forst for to picht in the playne, weh would haue been as much as the life of some of my compani by reson of the couldnesse and ronesse [rawness] of the night, haueing traveled all night, the next morning 2 being the 2 daye we cam to Goyreeome [Juwun], where we were curteously entertayned by the callentar here, haueing traveled 8 1ges. or theraboutes this night. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, London, 1935 ~ p. 81
SOURCE for Guin
« And although these ignorant yet obstinate and ferocious people could have easily defended themselves against a much bigger army from their well-defended place, they furiously rushed forth onto a great plain that is on the road to Joyom, (52) a league from their fortress, to fight against Allāhverdi Khān, who had the advantage over them in numbers, quality of weapons, and soldiers. fn. 52 Loureiro et al. equate this toponym with present-day Qir in Qiorkārzin County, Fārs Province (Anotações e estudos, 51). However, while Qir may be a slightly better phonetic fit with the name Guin in the MS than Joyom, it is a worse geographical fit. Silva y Figueroa states below that this town is less than four leagues (approx. 20.6 km, or 12.8 mi) from Bonāruye, yet Qir is closer to 80 km (50 mi) away. Furthermore, the route from Bonāruye to Jahrom passes directly through Joyom, whereas a route from Bonāruye to Qir to Jahrom is circuitous, involving considerable backtracking. » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 318
« The first City of this Province, according to Figueroa, is Guin, as also Benaru, with the Ruins of the Castle Gabriel, in the utmost Confines of the Kingdom of Lara; though both Places lie very near one another, in a great Plain. The City Guin is separated from the rest of Persia by high Mountains, over which you must travel to go to Jarum, and thence with the Caravans through the Desart. It is apparent that this City hath been built many Years, and Peopled by a Colony of Persians, because the Inhabitants areof a better Spirit, » #3302 Ogilby, John, Asia. The first part being an accurate description of Persia, and the several provinces thereof : ..., Printed by the author at his house in White-friers, London, 1673~p. 6
SOURCE for Gujum
« Leaving Manjir, the itinerary went through the date villages of Gujum and Dschjuhum (behind which was Bahharru). From here, at two-and-a-half farsakhs, was the Qal'a Tizirg (Tesorg), which was in fact a ruin.(98)
fn. 98 Kaempfer, Reisetagebücher, p. 116. The village of Dschjuhum is probably the same as the village of Ijehoen, through which the Ketelaar embassy passed, KA 1793, fol. 990b; Carmelites, loc. cit. (Jiyum-a good place, with a fort, a good road, and a water cistern). »
#1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 77
SOURCE for Guwaim Abi Ahmed
« Den Gau bezeichnet Ibn Haukal als groß (14). Bei Mukaddasi heißt der Ort Guwaim Abi Ahmed (15). Es ist der Ort Juwun der neueren Karten zwischen Lar und Jahrum (16). Mukaddasi gliedert Guwaim dem Distrikte von Hasü an (17). Seine Schilderung lautet: Guwaim Abi Alhmed gehört zu den bedeutenden Städten (18);
fn. (15) Abū Ahmed war nach Ibn Haukal ein Führer der Gutsbesitzer Persiens und stammte ans Guwaim. (Über das Dorf Guwaim bei Širaz vgl. oben 8. 44 Anm. 3.)
fn. (16) Hoffmann S. 285 gibt noch folgende Namensformen: Guin (bei D. Garcias de Silva Figueroa), Gui (Poser), Djihoun (Dupré).
fn. (18) Wörtlich: "Matterstädten". [Ibn Haukal describes the Gau as large (14). Near Mukaddasi the place is called Guwaim Abi Ahmed (15). It is the location Juwun on the newer maps between Lar and Jahrum (16). Mukaddasi annexes Guwaim to the district of Hasü (17). His description is: Guwaim Abi Alhmed is one of the important cities (18);
fn. (15) According to Ibn Haukal, Abū Ahmed was a leader of the landowners of Persia and came from Guwaim. (About the village of Guwaim near Shiraz see above 8. 44 note 3.)
fn. (16) Hoffmann p. 285 also gives the following name forms: Guin (in D. Garcias de Silva Figueroa), Gui (Poser), Djihoun (Dupré).
fn. (18) Literally: “Matterstädten”.] »
#1717 Schwarz, Paul, Iran im Mittelalter nach arabischen Geographen, O. Harrassowitz, Leipzig, 1896 ~ p. 102
SOURCE for Guwaym Abu Ahmad
« Guwaym Abū Ahmad VI C4
Gūyom à environ 30 km au SE de Gahrom Iran Cité de la circonscription de Darābagird I 107, H 268, Hur 46, Muq 30, 52, 423, 428, 454 Yag II, 164, LS 254-55, Schw 102-103, DKI 177-78 » #3038 Keith E. Abbott, Notes Taken on a Journey Eastwards from Shiráz to Fessá and Darab, Thence Westwards by Jehrúm to Kazerún, in 1850, The Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, London, 1857 ~ p. 50
SOURCE for Guyom
SOURCE for Jiyum
« Jiyum » in {map#1185 Routes in Persia. vol. III, part I. Index Map, , , #3113 Routes in Persia. vol. III, part I., Printed at the government monotype press, Simla, 1918 ~}
« 16 JIYUM 12½ m.The road now runs N.- W. by N. over a level, cultivated, and 177 m. occasionally irrigated plain, covered with short grass, and no scrub. At 23 miles an irrigation cut is crossed, 2 feet wide, and 3 feet deep, running S.-W. from the hills north of Quyāmābād. At 8 miles a bridge is crossed over a similar channel. At 10 miles the road runs along an irrigation cut faced with masonry to the W. of the road, which is twice crossed at 12 miles by a stone bridge 6 yards long and 6 feet broad. At 12 miles the scattered village of Jiyüm 2 miles south of the Küh-i-Alburd is reached. Routes Nos. 3 and 25 connect here.Water. Plentiful.Fuel. Scarce.Fodder. Good grazing.Supplies.-Limited. »#3113 Routes in Persia. vol. III, part I., Printed at the government monotype press, Simla, 1918 ~ p. 149
SOURCE for Joyom
SOURCE for Juian or Juwun
« At 18 miles cross a short but difficult pass, thence level road to Juwun, the centre of a group of hamlets. Inhabitants about 300, mainly artisans and traders, who supply the wants of nomad tribes in the neighbourhood. » #3331 Routes in Persia, Section 1, British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, Mss Eur F111/369, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 59
SOURCE for Juium
« JUIUM-LAT. 28° 6' N.; LONG. 53° 46' E.The headquarters of a district subsidiary to, and forming part of, the domains of the Khan of Lar: now governed by Husain 'Ali Khan, son of Shaikh-us-Nizām Khān, brother of the Khan of Lar. It has about 50 houses, but a large area of cultivated ground is tilled by the inhabitants, and considerable supplies are available; water from irrigation cuts from Kūh-i-Bazan; fuel scarce. It is situated on the north edge of the Banam plain, Banam being plainly visible due south (not as on the map). To the north the steep foothills of Küh-i-Albard are 2 miles distant.Roads diverge in all directions across the plain, and to Banam, Jehram, and Darab.-(Wilson and Cruickshank, 1907.) » #2878 Gazetteer of Persia vol. III., Government of India Press, Simla, 1924, ~ vol. 3 pt. 1 p. 462
SOURCE for Juwun
« Juwun » in {map#1203 in #1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.) 31:2:152-69 ~ fig. Country between Bandar Abbas abd Siraz}
« 16 JUWUN 12½ m. The road now runs N.. W. by N. over a level, cultivated, annl 1891 m. occasionally irrigated plain, covered with short grass, and no scrub. At 24 miles an irrigation cut is crossed, 2 feet wide and 3 feet deep, running S.-W., from the hills north of Qawāmābād. At 8 miles a bridge is crossed over a similar channel. At 10 miles the road runs along an irrigation cut faced with masonry to the W. of the road, which is twice crossed at 12 miles by a stone bridge 6 yards long and 6. feet broad. At 124 miles the scattered village of Jüwün, 2 miles south of the Küh-i Alburd, is reached. Routes Nos. 2 (d) and 1 (j) connect here.Water. Plentiful.Fuel. Scarce.Fodder.-Good grazing.Supplies.-Limited.sodt of alum abala »#3080 Simla Drawing Office, General Staff, India, Mobilisation Routes In Persia (Vol. IV, Part II) (Fars, Laristan, Kerman And Yazd) British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 174
« Juwun » in {map#1188 Map of Persia (in Six Sheets), T. H. Holdich Simla Drawing Office Survey of India, 1902, Geographicus, New York fig. }
SOURCE for Juyam
« MOGU BAY to SHIRAZ 10. JUYAM | 18 | 183 Six hours. The road is over the open country generally. Water obtained from wells. Camp in an open desert. A few supplies procurable. » #3334 Routes in Asia: Routes in Persia and Balochistan, Office of the Superintendent of Government Printing, Calcutta, 1878 ~ p. 388
SOURCE for Juyom
« [fol. 215r] Joyom is the first city of Persia proper [on this journey], while Bonāruye, with its old fortress of Gabril, is the last of the cities of the kingdom of Fārs, even though the two are quite close to each other on this vast plain that has already been described. Joyom is separated from the rest of Persia by towering mountains (55) to the north-west as one journeys to Jahrom, as well as to the east or orient, which are crossed by the road that the caravans take through the desert.
fn. 55 Probably the Zagros range; see Fisher, “Physical Geography,” 27. » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 320